SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Front cover


IBM TotalStorage
Productivity Center for
Replication on Linux

Effectively use TotalStorage
Productivity Center for Replication

Manage replication services from
one interface

Install and configure on
Linux




                                                      Mary Lovelace
                                                       Werner Bauer
                                                     Andrew Bentley
                                                       Ivo Gomilsek
                                                    Paulina Martinez




ibm.com/redbooks
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on linux sg247411
International Technical Support Organization

IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
on Linux

May 2007




                                               SG24-7411-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on
 page vii.




First Edition (May 2007)

This edition applies to Version 3, Release 1 of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication (product
number 5608-TRA) and Version 3, Release 1 of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication for Two Site
Business Continuity (product number 5608-TRB).
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule
Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

                 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
                 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

                 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
                 The team that wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
                 Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x
                 Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x

                 Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction . . . . . . . . . . 1
                 1.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    1.1.1 Replication task management and automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                 1.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center product set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    1.2.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    1.2.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                    1.2.3 Application design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                 1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                    1.3.1 TPC for Replication session types and commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                 1.4 GUI overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
                    1.4.1 Health Overview panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
                 1.5 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
                    1.5.1 Command line interface overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

                 Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          19
                 2.1 TPC for Replication installation planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      20
                 2.2 Hardware and software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       20
                    2.2.1 Minimum hardware requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         20
                    2.2.2 Operating system requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       20
                    2.2.3 GUI Client software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      21
                    2.2.4 Advanced Copy features and Licensed Internal Code requirements . . . . . . . . . .                                              22
                 2.3 Connect servers to storage subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        22
                    2.3.1 Physical planning and firewall considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            22
                    2.3.2 TCP/IP ports used by TPC for Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            23
                    2.3.3 SAN Volume Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 23
                    2.3.4 TPC for Replication Server and ESS 800 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                   24
                    2.3.5 TPC for Replication server and DS6000 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  25
                    2.3.6 TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  27
                    2.3.7 New DS8000 Ethernet card feature codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              28
                    2.3.8 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        29
                    2.3.9 Define a DS6000 to TPC-RM through the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                 29
                    2.3.10 Define a DS8000 to TPC-RM through the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                  33
                    2.3.11 Invoke CSMCLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              33
                 2.4 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               34
                 2.5 Pre-installation steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         34

                 Chapter 3. Installation on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  37
                 3.1 DB2 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       38
                 3.2 TPC for Replication installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               45
                    3.2.1 Verify the installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           52
                 3.3 TPC for Replication Two site BC installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        53


© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                                                                           iii
Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          59
                4.1 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            60
                   4.1.1 Use GUI to define Ethernet ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             60
                   4.1.2 Use DSCLI to define Ethernet ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               62
                4.2 Storage subsystem setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       64
                   4.2.1 SAN Volume Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        65
                4.3 User management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    72
                4.4 Signing on to TPC for Replication GUI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 74
                4.5 Setting up a TPC for Replication Standby Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   76
                4.6 Remote CLI installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   77
                4.7 TPC for Replication Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       79

                Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on
                           Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
                5.1 TPC for Replication and SAN Volume Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
                   5.1.1 Adding the SAN Volume Controller using the Linux GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
                   5.1.2 Adding the SVC with the Linux CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
                   5.1.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
                5.2 Adding a FlashCopy session using the Linux CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
                   5.2.1 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
                   5.2.2 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
                   5.2.3 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
                   5.2.4 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
                   5.2.5 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
                   5.2.6 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
                   5.2.7 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                   5.2.8 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
                   5.2.9 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
                   5.2.10 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
                   5.2.11 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
                   5.2.12 Adding Copy Sets to Metro Mirror Session using CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
                   5.2.13 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
                   5.2.14 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
                   5.2.15 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
                   5.2.16 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
                   5.2.17 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
                   5.2.18 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
                   5.2.19 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
                   5.2.20 Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
                5.3 TPC for Replication and ESS 800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
                   5.3.1 Adding the ESS 800 using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
                   5.3.2 Adding the ESS 800 using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
                   5.3.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
                   5.3.4 Adding a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
                   5.3.5 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
                   5.3.6 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
                   5.3.7 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
                   5.3.8 Preparing FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
                   5.3.9 Starting a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
                   5.3.10 Starting a FlashCopy Session using CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
                   5.3.11 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
                   5.3.12 Terminating FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
                   5.3.13 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162


iv   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
5.3.14      Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       165
    5.3.15      Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             172
    5.3.16      Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      175
    5.3.17      Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      177
    5.3.18      Suspending a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         179
    5.3.19      Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      182
    5.3.20      Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      184
    5.3.21      Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        185
    5.3.22      Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        187
    5.3.23      Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        188
    5.3.24      Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       189
    5.3.25      Adding a Global Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     190
    5.3.26      Adding a Global Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     193
    5.3.27      Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              193
    5.3.28      Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             195
    5.3.29      Starting a Global Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             198
    5.3.30      Suspending a Global Mirror Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  200
    5.3.31      Recovering a Global Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 201
    5.3.32      Terminating a Metro Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 203
    5.3.33      Removing Copy Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           204
    5.3.34      Removing a session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         210
    5.3.35      Viewing or modifying session properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   212

Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 215
6.1 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               216
   6.1.1 Deleting the DB2 database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 216
6.2 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on AIX and Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                 218
   6.2.1 Deleting the DB2 database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 219
6.3 Upgrading to TPC for Replication V3.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      219
6.4 Sharing a DB2 instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             220
6.5 TPC for Replication versus TPC for Replication Two Site BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                   220
6.6 High Availability server platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               221
6.7 SNMP setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       221
6.8 TPC for Replication logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              222
   6.8.1 Collecting Logs using the TPC for Replication GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               222
   6.8.2 Collecting logs using the TPC for Replication CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             222
   6.8.3 Collecting logs manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              222
   6.8.4 Viewing logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        223
6.9 Global Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    224
6.10 Auto refresh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     224

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         225
IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     225
Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     225
Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     225
How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            225
Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    226

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227




                                                                                                                       Contents          v
vi   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not
infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to
evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The
furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in
writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time
without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring
any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the
accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the
capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample
programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore,
cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                             vii
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:
   eServer™                             DS8000™                               POWER5™
   pSeries®                             Enterprise Storage Server®            Redbooks®
   xSeries®                             ESCON®                                Redbooks (logo)    ®
   z/OS®                                FlashCopy®                            S/390®
   AIX®                                 IBM®                                  System Storage™
   Domino®                              Lotus®                                Tivoli®
   DB2®                                 OS/2®                                 TotalStorage®
   DS6000™                              POWER4™                               WebSphere®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Java, JDBC, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States,
other countries, or both.

Internet Explorer, Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States, other countries, or both.

Intel, Pentium, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.




viii   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Preface

                 The IBM® TotalStorage® Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 is designed to manage the
                 advanced copy services provided by IBM Enterprise Storage Server® (ESS) Model 800, IBM
                 System Storage™ DS8000™, IBM System Storage DS6000™, and IBM SAN Volume
                 Controller (SVC).

                 This IBM Redbooks® publication provides an introduction to TotalStorage Productivity Center
                 for Replication. It provides information about planning for the installation of TotalStorage
                 Productivity Center for Replication, step-by-step installation instructions, and how to setup
                 and use it on a Linux® platform.

                 Additional TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Redbooks for the Windows® and
                 AIX® platforms are:
                     IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Windows, SG24-7250
                     IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on AIX, SG24-7407



The team that wrote this book
                 This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the
                 International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center.

                 Mary Lovelace is a Consulting IT Specialist at the International Technical Support
                 Organization. She has more than 20 years of experience with IBM in large systems, storage
                 and Storage Networking product education, system engineering and consultancy, and
                 systems support. She has written many Redbooks about TotalStorage Productivity Center
                 and z/OS® storage products.

                 Werner Bauer is a Certified Consulting IT Specialist in Germany. He has 26 years of
                 experience in storage software and hardware, as well with S/390® and z/OS. His areas of
                 expertise include disaster recovery solutions in enterprises that use the unique capabilities
                 and features of the IBM disk storage servers, ESS and DS6000/DS8000. He has written
                 extensively in various Redbooks including these topics: Transactional VSAM, DS6000 /
                 DS8000 concepts and architecture, and DS6000 / DS8000 Copy Services. He holds a degree
                 in Economics from the University of Heidelberg and in Mechanical Engineering from FH
                 Heilbronn.

                 Andrew Bentley is an IBM Certified IT Specialist in Australia, and he currently works as an IT
                 Architect for IBM Integrated Technology Delivery Division. He has 20 years of experience in
                 the IT field. He has worked at IBM for over eight years. His area of expertise is Storage. He
                 has previously written Redbooks about IBM tape products and has also presented at a
                 number of IBM technical conferences. He currently holds a position with IBM A/NZ Technical
                 Experts Council.

                 Ivo Gomilsek is an IT Specialist for IBM Services, Slovenia, and he supports the Central and
                 Eastern European Region in designing, deploying, and supporting SAN, storage, and DR
                 solutions. His areas of expertise include SAN, storage, HA systems, IBM eServer™ xSeries®
                 servers, network operating systems (Linux, Microsoft® Windows, and OS/2®), and Lotus®
                 Domino® servers. He holds several certifications from various vendors (IBM, Red Hat,
                 Microsoft). Ivo has contributed to various other Redbooks about Tivoli® products, SAN,
                 Linux/390, xSeries, and Linux.


© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                             ix
Paulina Martinez is an IBM Software Engineer in Tucson, Arizona, and she currently works
               in TPC-R System Verification Test. Her areas of expertise include TotalStorage Productivity
               Center for Replication, DS6000 / DS8000 Copy Services and ESS800 Copy Services.
               Paulina holds a dual degree in Management Information Systems and Operations
               Management from the University of Arizona.

               Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project:

               Bob Haimowitz
               International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center

               Sangam Racherla
               International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center

               Randy Blea
               Jeff Placer
               IBM Tucson

               Linda Gillman
               IBM San Jose

               Rosemary McCutchen
               IBM Gaithersburg

               Brian Sherman
               IBM Canada



Become a published author
               Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbooks publication
               dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with
               leading-edge technologies. You'll team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners
               and/or customers.

               Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus,
               you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity
               and marketability.

               Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at:
                   ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html



Comments welcome
               Your comments are important to us!

               We want our Redbooks to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this or
               other Redbooks in one of the following ways:
                   Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at:
                      ibm.com/redbooks
                   Send your comments in an email to:
                      redbook@us.ibm.com



x   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Mail your comments to:
   IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
   Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
   2455 South Road
   Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400




                                                                   Preface   xi
xii   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
1


    Chapter 1.   TotalStorage Productivity Center
                 for Replication introduction
                 This chapter provides an overview of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and
                 how it fits in the TotalStorage Productivity Center product suite. It reviews copy services
                 functions and then describes how they are implemented in TotalStorage Productivity Center
                 for Replication. The architecture of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and the
                 communication paths it uses are documented. Terms that are used throughout the book are
                 explained.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                                 1
1.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication overview
               The basic functions of TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC) for Replication provide
               management of FlashCopy®, Metro Mirror and Global Mirror capabilities for the IBM ESS
               Model 800, IBM DS6000, and IBM DS8000. It also manages FlashCopy and MetroMirror for
               IBM SAN Volume Controller. Figure 1-1 shows the TPC for Replication environment.

               TPC for Replication is designed to simplify management of advanced copy services by:
                   Automating administration and configuration of these services with wizard-based session
                   and copy set definitions
                   Providing simple operational control of copy services tasks, including starting, suspending
                   and resuming
                   Offering tools for monitoring and managing copy sessions


                                                                      Web               Storage
                                                                      Browser           Administration
                                                                                        Personnel




                                                                      TPC for
                                                                     Replication

                                                    Copy Services Functions




                                                                                            DS6000




                                                                        SAN
                                 ESS 800                                Volume
                                                                        Controller

                                                     DS8000

               Figure 1-1 TPC for Replication environment


1.1.1 Replication task management and automation
               TPC for Replication is designed to automate key replication management tasks to help you
               improve the efficiency of your storage replication. A simple graphical user interface is used to
               configure automation, manage ongoing activities and monitor progress of all key tasks. Your
               IT experts can use a single integrated tool for storage management, a feature designed to
               save administrators time and effort. Here we review the copy services advanced functions.

               FlashCopy
               The IBM FlashCopy feature is a point-in-time copy capability that can be used to help reduce
               application outages caused by backups and other data copy activities. FlashCopy is designed
               to enable data to be copied in the background while making both source and copied data
               available to users almost immediately. With its copy-on-write capability, the only data copied
               is that which is about to be changed or overlaid. Copies can be made quickly, after which data
               can be backed up and capacity reallocated.


2   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
This form of replication creates a replica (or T-zero copy) of the source within the same
physical storage subsystem. Both the source and target volumes exist within the same
storage subsystem. The ESS and DS8000 products provide multiple LSS (Logical
Subsystems) within a single physical subsystem box. These products support local (same
box) replication where the source volume is in one LSS and the target volume is in another
LSS. For a FlashCopy session in TPC for Replication, Figure 1-2 shows the volume
relationship established as part of the session creation.




Figure 1-2 Flashcopy session


Metro Mirror
Metro Mirror is designed to constantly maintain an up-to-date copy of the primary location
data at a remote site within the metropolitan area. Synchronous mirroring techniques are
designed to maintain data currency between two sites. Because mirrored data is a
time-consistent image of the original data, this can help you avoid a long and complicated
data recovery process before restoring business operations.

A Metro Mirror session is a form of synchronous remote replication designed to operate over
distances under 300 kilometers. With Metro Mirror, the source is located in one subsystem
and the target is located in another subsystem. Metro Mirror replication maintains identical
data in both the source and target. In synchronous replication, changes made to the source
data are propagated to the target before the write is committed to the requesting host.
Figure 1-3 shows a Metro Mirror session icon in TotalStorage Productivity Center for
Replication.




Figure 1-3 Metro Mirror session


Global Mirror
Global Mirror (DS6000, DS8000 and ESS 800 only) is designed to help maintain data
currency at a remote site within a few seconds of the local site, regardless of distance. It
includes exceptional capabilities such as self-managed cross-system data consistency
groups, which help protect data integrity for large applications across a wide variety of flexible
system configurations. TPC for Replication V3.1 also extends support for ESS Model 800 by
providing management support for the Global Mirror feature.

These copying and mirroring capabilities are designed to help give users constant access to
critical information during both planned and unplanned local outages. And TPC for
Replication provides key configuration, administration and monitoring tools to manage these
capabilities. For businesses in on demand fields, these capabilities are essential for
managing data availability and resiliency and sustaining business continuity.




                         Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction   3
Global Mirror is a method of continuous asynchronous replication. It is intended to enable
               data replication at distances over 300 kilometers. When a write is issued to the source copy,
               the change is propagated to the target copy, but subsequent changes are allowed to the
               source copy before the target copy verifies that it has received the change. However, because
               data changes are not applied synchronously, you can potentially lose some data. Figure 1-4
               shows a Global Mirror session icon in TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication




               Figure 1-4 Global Mirror session



                 Note: While TPC for Replication supports a multiple of defined Global Mirror sessions,
                 only a single active session per subsystem pair can be supported due to the limitations
                 imposed at the underlying hardware. SVC Global Mirror is not currently supported.



1.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center product set
               The IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication product is designed to support
               customers management requirements for data replication utilizing IBM storage subsystems.
               There are two components of the TPC for Replication package.
                   TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
                   TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC

               TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is considered the base, while TotalStorage
               Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC adds advanced features to assist in disaster
               recovery events. Figure 1-5 shows the relationship between the generally available
               TotalStorage Productivity Center product components and TotalStorage Productivity Center
               for Replication. As you can see, TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is a
               standalone package which complements the TotalStorage Productivity Center product.



                                             IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center

                                     Standard Edition                                   Replication

                                                                                  Replication   Replication
                              Disk           Data          Fabric                   V3R1        Two Site BC




               Figure 1-5 TotalStorage Productivity Center product set


1.2.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
               As we have seen TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is a member of the IBM
               TotalStorage Productivity Center product family. The product offers the following features:


4   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Metro Mirror for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000 (unidirectional from source to
              target)
              Metro Mirror for SVC (unidirectional from source to target)
              Global Mirror for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000 (unidirectional from source to
              target)
              FlashCopy for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000.
              FlashCopy for SVC


1.2.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC
           TPC for Replication Two Site Business Continuity (BC) provides disaster recovery
           management through planned and unplanned failover and failback automation for the IBM
           ESS Model 800, IBM DS6000, and IBM DS8000.

           TPC for Replication Two Site BC helps you manage replication to a remote backup site
           through Metro Mirror or Global Mirror. The software is designed to allow you to monitor the
           progress of the copy services so you can verify the amount of replication that has been done
           as well as the amount of time needed to complete the replication.

           Automated failover is designed to keep your critical data online and available to your users
           even if your primary site fails. When the primary site comes back on, the software manages
           failback to the default configuration as well.

           Like TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication, TotalStorage Productivity Center for
           Replication Two Site BC is a member of the TotalStorage Productivity Center product family
           and requires TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication to be installed first. In addition
           to the base features already described, TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two
           Site BC offers:
              Support for redundant TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication servers.
              Support for the following additional session types for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or
              DS8000.
              – Two site Metro Mirror, ability to control the session in both directions (from site 1 to site
                2 or visa versa).
              – Two site Global Mirror, ability to control the session in both directions (from site 1 to
                site 2 or visa versa).
              Replication Performance Monitoring showing the progress towards completion of
              hardware replication.
              – For Metro Mirror, the progress towards getting all data to full duplex.
              – For Global Mirror, the progress towards getting all data to fully joined in the session.
              – For FlashCopy without persistent specified, the progress of getting background copy
                complete

           TPC for Replication offers a high availability capability, so you can manage your replication
           even if the main TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server experiences a failure.
           With a second server operating as an active standby, services can switch quickly to the
           backup server to maintain copy services operations if the primary server goes off-line.




                                    Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction   5
1.2.3 Application design
               TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is designed to scale to large numbers of
               volumes, supporting up to 100,000 copy sets, providing the capability to issue freeze and run
               commands for a metro mirror environment, and providing FlashCopy (FC) establish
               capabilities for FlashCopy operations with virtually no overhead.

               The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication product utilizes Java, WebSphere® and
               DB2® to provide the required copy services management functions.

               To ensure that environmental consistency is maintained during server restarts, persistent
               data from the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication environment is maintained
               within the IBM DB2 UDB database built as part of the installation process.This data is
               accessed using standard JDBC™ calls from within the WebSphere application. The
               WebSphere application name CSM stands for Copy Services Manager.

               As we can see in Figure 1-6 the CSM module manages the aspects of the environment
               except for the relevant communications interfaces.


                              C LI

                        S O AP AP I
                                                                                              DB2
                        C op y S ervices                                                      TP C for
                                                 H igh
                        M anager                                     GUI
                                               Availability                                   R eplication
                                                                                              D b tables
                                                  M etro            G lobal
                             FlashC op y
                                                  M irror           M irror          JD B C


                        H ardw are Layer
                                 SVC                 DS                ESS
                              Interface           Interface         Interface


                                                                                S erver O perating S ystem




                             S V C D isk       D S 8000/6000        E S S 800

               Figure 1-6 Application design

               Commands from the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server are passed from
               the CSM to the hardware layer and then packaged via the relevant subsystem interface.
               These packets are then passed to the destination storage subsystem via the IP
               communications path established as part of the storage subsystem add process. In
               Figure 1-7 on page 7, we can see the communications from the CSM to an ESS or DS
               storage subsystem. In this instance a command from CSM is received by the ESS or DS
               interface and packaged as a CCW packet. This CCW packet is then sent to the CCW server
               (listening on TCP/IP port 2433) which then passes the CCW commands to the functional
               code residing in the storage subsystem. The return journey is achieved in the same way.




6   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
TP C for R eplication S erver

                                                     C o p y S ervices
                                                     M an ag er




                                                    H ardw are L ayer
                                                          D S /E S S
                                                         In terfac e




                                                              CCW
                                                             S erver


                                                     D S 8000/6000/E S S 800
                                                     F un c tio na l C o d e



        Figure 1-7 CSM to storage communications

        In Figure 1-8, we can see that communications with the ESS and DS infrastructure is direct,
        whereas SVC communications are via the CIMOM services that are included as part of the
        standard SVC Master Console.


                                                                           1 7 5 0 , 2 1 0 5 , 2 1 0 7 d is k s



            T P C fo r
           R e p lic a tio n




                                   S V C C IM O N
                                   M a s te r C o n s o le




                                                             SVC Nodes


                                                                                        S V C m a n a g e d d is k s

        Figure 1-8 Server to hardware communications



1.3 Terminology
        It is essential that you understand the following concepts and how they are used to enable the
        functionality of the replication environment. As such, the terminology is captured here along
        with a brief explanation of the term itself.


                                Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction               7
Copy Set: A set of volumes that represent copies of the same data. All volumes in a Copy
                   set must be of the same type and size. The number of volumes in a Copy set and the roles
                   that each volume in a Copy set plays in the replication session is determined by the
                   session policy.
                   Session: The replication session is the fundamental concept which TotalStorage
                   Productivity Center for Replication is built upon. The Copy sets within a session form a
                   consistency group. Actions taken against the session are taken against all of the Copy
                   sets within the session. The session policy determines what type of replication is to be
                   controlled via the session and determines what actions and states are allowable in the
                   session.
                   Source: This is a Copy Set role, used in hardware support type sessions. The volume that
                   plays this role in the Copy Set is the source volume of the Copy Set.
                   Target: This is a Copy Set role, used in hardware support type sessions. The volume that
                   plays this role in the Copy Set is the target volume of the Copy Set.
                   HostSite1 (H1): This is a Copy Set role. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is
                   the volume that is to be mounted and online to the application when the session has site 1
                   as the production site.
                   HostSite2 (H2): This is a Copy Set role. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is
                   the volume that is to be mounted and online to the application when the session has site 2
                   as the production site.
                   JournalSite2 (J2): This is a Copy Set role. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set
                   is the volume that is used to maintain Global Mirror consistency when production is on site
                   1.

               Figure 1-9 shows the terms and how they relate to each other.



                                                    TPC for Replication




                                                          Session




                                               FC                              GM
                                                               MM
                        Copy Set                                                    Copy Set


                                                                                                  Role Pair
                             Role Pair                   Copy Set                        Host 1               Host 2
                    Host 1          Target 1
                                                                                                               Role
                                                                                               Role            Pair
                                                                                               Pair
                                                              Role Pair
                                                     Host 1           Host 2                          Journal 2




               Figure 1-9 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication terminology




8   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
In addition, sessions themselves can exist in different states depending on the situation.
   Defined: Session created with or without Copy Sets but not started
   Preparing: Started and in the process of initialization or re-initialization. Will automatically
   transition to Prepared when all pairs are initialized (prepared).
   Prepared: All volumes are initialized (prepared).
   Suspending: Transitory state caused by Suspend command or suspending event. In the
   process of suspending copy operations.
   Suspended: Copying has stopped. For Metro Mirror, the application can continue writes.
   An additional recoverable flag indicates if data is consistent and recoverable.
   TargetAvailable: Recover command processing has completed. The target volume are
   write enabled. An additional recoverable flag indicates if data is consistent and
   recoverable.

Figure 1-10 shows the transitional relationship of these session states for a continuous
replication session.

                                                      N o t D e fin e d


                                c re a te S e s s io n               d e le te S e s s io n

                                                          D e fin e d
                                                         s ta rt            te rm in a te
                                                        P re p a rin g
                                addC opySet                                          Event/suspend/Pause

                                       s ta rt           P re p a re d
                                                 E ve n t/s u s p e n d /p a u s e

                                                       S u s p e n d in g


                             s ta rt
                                                        S uspended
                                                                                 te rm in a te
                                                          re c o v e r

                                                       R e c o ve rin g


                             s ta rt                                                                       te rm in a te
                                                    T a rg e t A v a ila b le

Figure 1-10 Session state transition - continuous replication

Figure 1-11 on page 10 shows the transitional relationship of these session states for a
FlashCopy session.




                           Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction                        9
Not Defined

                                                createSession                deleteSession

                                                                   Defined
                                               flash
                                                                     start

                                   Preparing                      Preparing
                                                                                 terminate
                                                 flash       start                            terminate

                                   Prepared                       Prepared
                                                         start           flash

                                                            Target Available
               Figure 1-11 Session state transition - point in time

               It is important to understand these transitions since these can and will at times determine
               which TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication commands are required to move to
               the next state.


1.3.1 TPC for Replication session types and commands
               TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication enables you to configure a number of
               different sessions with different copy types as follows:
                  FlashCopy
                  Metro Mirror Single Direction
                  Global Mirror Single Direction
                  Metro Mirror Failover / Failback
                  Global Mirror Failover / Failback

               Session commands
               The following tables show the commands which can be issued against any defined session.
               These commands represent the GUI interface and not the CLI command which may require
               specific syntax to be valid.

               Table 1-1 contains the FlashCopy commands.

               Table 1-1 FlashCopy commands
                Command                                                  Meaning

                Flash                                                    Perform the FlashCopy operation using the
                                                                         specified options.

                Initiate Background Copy                                 Copy all tracks from the source to the target
                                                                         immediately, instead of waiting until the source
                                                                         track is written to. This command is valid only
                                                                         when the background copy is not already
                                                                         running.

                Start                                                    Perform any steps necessary to define the
                                                                         relationship before performing a FlashCopy
                                                                         operation. For ESS or DS, you do not need to
                                                                         issue this command. For SVC, use this command
                                                                         to put the session in the prepared state.


10   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Command                                         Meaning

 Terminate                                       Removes all physical copies from the hardware.
                                                 This command can be issued at any point during
                                                 an active session. If you want the targets to be
                                                 data consistent before removing their
                                                 relationship, you must issue the Initiate
                                                 Background Copy command if NOCOPY was
                                                 specified, and then wait for the background copy
                                                 to complete by checking the copying status of the
                                                 pairs.


Table 1-2 shows Metro Mirror commands.

Table 1-2 Metro Mirror commands
 Command                                         Meaning

 Recover                                         Issue the Recover command to suspended
                                                 sessions. This command performs the steps
                                                 necessary to make the target available as the
                                                 new primary site. Upon completion of this
                                                 command, the session becomes Target
                                                 Available. This command does not apply for
                                                 SVC.

 Start                                           Establishes a single-direction session with the
                                                 hardware and begins the synchronization
                                                 process between the source and target volumes.

 Start H1 → H2                                   Applies only to failover/failback BC sessions.
                                                 Indicates the direction between two hosts in a
                                                 Metro Mirror failover/fallback session.

 Start H2 → H1                                   Indicates direction of a failover/failback between
                                                 two hosts in a Metro Mirror session. If the session
                                                 has been recovered with the failover/failback
                                                 function such that the production site is now H2,
                                                 you can issue the Start H2-H1 command to start
                                                 production on H2 and provide protection. This
                                                 command is not supported for SVC.

 Stop                                            Suspends updates to all the targets of pairs in a
                                                 session. This command can be issued at any
                                                 point during an active session. Note, however,
                                                 that updates are not considered to be consistent.

 Suspend                                         Causes all target volumes to remain at a
                                                 data-consistent point and stops all data that is
                                                 moving to the target volumes. This command can
                                                 be issued at any point during a session when the
                                                 data is actively being copied.

 Terminate                                       Removes all physical copies from the hardware
                                                 during an active session. If you want the targets
                                                 to be data consistent before removing their
                                                 relationship, you must issue the Suspend
                                                 command, the Recover command, and then the
                                                 Terminate command.


Table 1-3 contains the Global Mirror commands.


                      Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction     11
Table 1-3 Global Mirror
                Command                                              Meaning

                Recover                                              Issue the Recover command to suspended
                                                                     sessions. This command performs the steps
                                                                     necessary to make the target available as the
                                                                     new primary site. Upon completion of this
                                                                     command, the session becomes Target
                                                                     Available. This command does not apply for
                                                                     SVC.

                Start                                                Sets up all relationships in a single-direction
                                                                     session and begins the process necessary to
                                                                     start forming consistency groups on the
                                                                     hardware.

                Start H1 → H2                                        Indicates direction between two hosts in a Global
                                                                     Mirror failover/fallback session. Suspend Stops
                                                                     all consistency group formation when the data is
                                                                     actively being copied. This command can be
                                                                     issued at any point during a session when the
                                                                     data is actively being copied.

                Start H2 → H1                                        Indicates direction of a failover/failback session.
                                                                     If a recover has been performed on a session
                                                                     such that the production site is now H2, you can
                                                                     issue Start H2?H1 to start moving data back to
                                                                     Site 1. However, this start does not provide
                                                                     consistent protection as it copies only
                                                                     asynchronously back because of the long
                                                                     distance. An extended distance (XD) relationship
                                                                     is used. When you are ready to move production
                                                                     back to Site 1, issue a suspend to the session;
                                                                     this puts the relationships into a synchronized
                                                                     state and suspends them consistently. This
                                                                     command is not supported for SVC.

                Terminate                                            Removes all physical copies from the hardware.
                                                                     This command can be issued at any point in an
                                                                     active session. If you want the targets to be data
                                                                     consistent before removing their relationship, you
                                                                     must issue the Suspend command, the Recover
                                                                     command, and then the Terminate command.



1.4 GUI overview
               The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication GUI is a Web based interface which
               presents the user with a single point of control to configure, manage and monitor copy
               services. The GUI reports on the status and availability of the administration components as
               well as management information for the established copy operations in real-time.

               The user interface consists of four main content panes:
                  The masthead
                  The navigation menu (labeled "My Work")
                  Health Overview
                  – Indicates the overall health of the system at all times
                  The Work Area
                  – Contains the interface elements to perform specific tasks

12   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 1-12 shows the HTML layout of the interface




           Figure 1-12 GUI Interface Layout


1.4.1 Health Overview panel
           The Health Overview panel is the first panel you see after you log in. This panel provides the
           following information:
              Overall session status: Indicates the session status, which can be normal, warning, or
              severe.
              Overall storage subsystem status: Indicates the connection status of the storage
              subsystem.
              Management server status (applicable only if you are using the TPC for Replication BC
              license).

            Note: With two TPC for Replication servers running and if you are logged on to the active
            server, this indicates the status of the standby server. If you are logged on to the standby
            server, this indicates the status of the active server.

           Status indicators are used to simply describe the various states for defined TotalStorage
           Productivity Center for Replication components. In addition, various icons are used to
           represent the status and these are shown below in Table 1-4.
              Green - TPC Copy Services is in "normal" mode. The session is in Prepared state for all
              defined volumes and maintaining a current consistent copy of the data. Or, the session
              has successful processed a Recover command and is in TargetAvailable state with all
              volumes consistent and no exceptions.
              Yellow - TPC Copy Services is not maintaining a current consistent copy at this time but is
              working toward that goal. In other words, sessions may have volumes that are actively
              being copied or pending to be copied, there are no suspended volumes and copy services
              is temporarily inconsistent but actions are in place to come into duplex state. No action is
              required to make this become Green as states will automatically, without customer
              interaction, change the session to Green.
              Red - TPC Copy Services has one or more exceptions that need to be dealt with
              immediately. This could be one or more suspended volumes, a down session (both
              planned and unplanned), or a volume that should be copying and for some reason is not.


                                   Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction   13
Table 1-4 TPC Symbols
                Symbol                                               Meaning

                                                                     The sessions are in a normal state.




                                                                     The sessions are in the warning state.




                                                                     The sessions are in an error state.




                                                                     All storage subsystems can communicate with
                                                                     both the active and standby servers.




                                                                     At least one storage subsystem cannot
                                                                     communicate with the active servers.




                                                                     No storage subsystems are defined.




                                                                     The session is in an inactive state.




                                                                     The standby server is defined and synchronized.




                                                                     No standby server is defined.




                                                                     The standby server is synchronizing.




14   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
1.5 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication console
         To assist you with diagnosis and problem determination, TotalStorage Productivity Center for
         Replication provides a console which is opened its own window when the Console hyperlink
         is selected from the main GUI left-hand panel as shown in Figure 1-13.




         Figure 1-13 Console Selection

         As you undertake various actions within TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication you
         will find hyperlinks listed (such as adding Storage Subsystems) which will open the console
         page. In Figure 1-14 on page 15 you see a number of activities have occurred and the related
         messages. We can also see that the user ID being used is also displayed, in this case
         u703979.




         Figure 1-14 Console panel

         To assist in error correction, the console lists the message ID as hyperlinks. Clicking on these
         hyperlinks takes you to the associated Help panels as shown in Figure 1-15.




                                 Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction   15
Figure 1-15 Help panel


1.5.1 Command line interface overview
               In addition to the GUI interface, a command line interface (CLI) is also provided with your
               installation. A command-line interface command consists of one to four types of components,
               arranged in the following order:
                  The command name.
                  One or more flags,
                  each followed by any flag parameters it might require.
                  The command parameter.

               Example 1-1 shows the CLI structure.

               Example 1-1 CLI structure
               csmcli command name -flag flag parameter -command parameter

               The command name specifies the task that the command-line interface is to perform. For
               example, lssess tells the command-line interface to list sessions, and mksess tells the
               command-line interface to create a session.

               Flags modify the command. They provide additional information that directs the
               command-line interface to perform the command task in a specific way. For example, the -v
               flag tells the command-line interface to display the command results in verbose mode. Some
               flags may be used with every command-line interface command. Others are specific to a
               command and are invalid when used with other commands. Flags are preceded by a hyphen
               (-), and may be followed immediately by space and a flag parameter.

               Flag parameters provide information that is required to implement the command modification
               that is specified by a flag. If you do not provide a parameter, then a default value is assumed.

16   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
For example, you can specify -v on, or -v off to turn verbose mode on or off; but if you
specify -v only, then the flag parameter is assumed to be on.

The command parameter provides basic information that is necessary to perform the
command task. When a command parameter is required, it is always the last component of
the command; and it is not preceded by a flag. Some commands permit multiple command
parameters with each parameter separated by a blank space and not a comma (unlike flag
parameters that allow multiple values).

The CLI can be invoked in three different ways:
   Single-shot
   – cli> csmcli mkcpset –cptype fc mySession
   Script
   – cli> csmcli –script ~/scripts/volreport
   Interactive
   – cli> csmcli

Full details of the CLI can be found in the manual IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for
Replication Command-Line Interface User’s Guide, SC32-0104.

Help can be obtained for the relevant syntax via the commands shown in Figure 1-16 on
page 18. In the first command csmcli help, we request generic help and as a result we are
presented with a list of valid commands. In the second instance we are requesting help on a
specific command via the csmcli help rmsess.




                       Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction   17
C:CSM-CLI>csmcli help
                adddevice      lsdevice           lsvol       rmsess
                chdevice       lshaservers        mkcpset     rmsnmp
                chsess         lslss              mklogpkg    rmstdby
                cmdsess        lspair             mkpath      setasstdby
                exit           lspath             mksess      setoutput
                hareconnect    lsrolepairs        mksnmp      setparameter
                hatakeover     lsrolescpset       quit        setstdby
                help           lssess             repcli      showcpset
                lsavailports lssessactions        rmcpset     showdevice
                lscpset        lssessdetails      rmdevice    showha
                lscptypes      lssnmp             rmpath      showsess

                C:CSM-CLI>csmcli help rmsess
                rmsess

                Use the rmsess command to delete an existing session.

                Syntax

                >>-rmsess-- --+---------+-- --session_name--+-[...]-+----------><
                              '- -quiet-'                   '- -----'

                -quiet
                   An optional parameter that turns off the confirmation prompt for this
                   command.

                 session_name [...] | -
                   Specifies the session name to delete. Separate multiple session names
                   with a white space between each name. Alternatively, use the dash (-)
                   to specify that input for this parameter comes from an input stream
                   (STDIN).

                You can use the rmsess command to delete an existing session.

                *   Session session_name successfully deleted.

                *   Session session_name does not exist.
                *   Cannot delete a session currently in progress. Stop the session
                    before attempting to delete it.

                An invocation example:

                rmsess session2

                 The resulting output:

                Are you sure you want to delete session session2? Y/N
                  Y
                Session session2 successfully deleted.

                C:CSM-CLI>

               Figure 1-16 CSMCLI help




18   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
2


    Chapter 2.   TPC for Replication planning
                 In this chapter we explain the necessary activities to successfully deploy TotalStorage
                 Productivity Center for Replication within your environment.

                 This includes:
                     Hardware and software requirements
                     How to connect TPC for Replication servers to storage subsystems
                     TPC for Replication licensing

                 Additional planning information and documents which provide information about how to plan
                 for TPC for Replication are listed in the bibliography under, “Related publications” on
                 page 225.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                           19
2.1 TPC for Replication installation planning
               The IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 installation is completed in two
               steps:
               1. Installation of IBM DB2 UDB Express V8.2
               2. Installation of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 and the optional
                  upgrade to IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC.

               The following sections describe the hardware and software prerequisites for a successful
               installation.



2.2 Hardware and software requirements
               This section contains the hardware and software requirements for the TPC for Replication
               V3.1 servers and subsystems. Note that the hardware and software requirements for the TPC
               for Replication servers are the same for the back-up servers for a High Availability
               environment. Thus both the active and the standby servers need to meet all minimum
               requirements specified below.


2.2.1 Minimum hardware requirements
               These requirements must be met before installation of DB2 and TPC for Replication.

               For Windows and Linux:
                  IBM eServer™ xSeries or other Intel® compatible Workstation with a 1.5 GHz Intel
                  Pentium® III processor
                  2 GB RAM minimum
                  10 GB of disk space for TPC-RM code and DB2 UDB minimum
                  CD-ROM drive

               For AIX:
                  IBM eServer pSeries® server with IBM POWER4™ or IBM POWER5™ processor, 1 GHz
                  2 GB RAM minimum
                  10 GB of free disk space for TPC-RM code and DB2 UDB minimum


2.2.2 Operating system requirements
               One of the following operating systems is required for your TPC for Replication workstation or
               server:
                  Windows 2003 Server Edition
                  Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition SP1
                  AIX 5.3 ML3
                  Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, RHEL 4 with Update 1
                  SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2

               If you attempt to install TPC for Replication on a server that does not meet the operating
               system requirements, the message in Figure 2-1 on page 21 is displayed.




20   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 2-1 Error message for incompatible operating system


2.2.3 GUI Client software requirements
           This section details the GUI Client software requirements.

           Web browser requirements
           The following Web browsers are supported by TPC for Replication V3.1:
              Windows Internet Explorer® Version 6.02 or greater
              Mozilla Firefox Version 1.5 or greater
              FireFox Version 1.5 or greater

           Internet security settings
           Note that all connections between the server, clients and hardware components are secured
           via Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol. The default Internet Explorer security settings on
           Windows 2003 Server inhibit some GUI features from working properly. Therefore if you run
           the TPC for Replication GUI with Internet Explorer on Windows 2003 server, you need to
           lower your security settings.

           To lower your Internet Explorer browser security settings, open your Internet Explorer
           browser and click Tools → Internet Options. Click the Security tab. On the security Panel
           click the Custom Level button and this will open the Security Settings panel. Then select Low
           in the reset custom settings drop-down menu and then click the Reset button (see
           Figure 2-2).




           Figure 2-2 Resetting custom settings to Low


           Database requirements
           IBM DB2 UDB Express V8.2 is a required prerequisite for TPC for Replication.

                                                                Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   21
When you install IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication a DB2 database
               instance is created as well.


2.2.4 Advanced Copy features and Licensed Internal Code requirements
               Your IBM Storage Subsystem(s) require advanced copy feature codes to support Copy
               Services like FlashCopy, Metro Mirror, and Global Mirror with ESS 800, DS6000, and
               DS8000.

               Note that Copy Services links are based on FCP only and there is no support any more for
               DS6000 and DS8000 with PPRC over ESCON®.

               You need corresponding SVC licenses for Copy Services when utilizing a SVC configuration.

               In order to support TPC for Replication the following minimum LIC levels are required:
                  ESS 800 requires LIC level of 2.4.3.26 or greater
                  DS6000 requires a code level 6.2.2.49 or later
                  DS8000 requires a code level 6.2.200.99 or later

               DS8000 additionally requires feature codes 1801/1802/1803 for Ethernet adapter pairs to
               connect to TPC for Replication servers. See 2.3.6, “TPC for Replication server and DS8000
               connectivity” on page 27.



2.3 Connect servers to storage subsystems
               TPC for Replication is an outboard approach and its software runs on a dedicated server or
               on two servers for a high availability configuration.

               TPC for Replication servers connect through a LAN to the storage subsystems. When
               connecting to SAN Volume Controllers (SVCs), TPC for Replication connects to the SVC
               Master Console but not directly to the actual storage subsystems which are managed by the
               SVC. With the ESS800, DS6000 and DS8000, TPC for Replication connects through a LAN
               directly to the actual storage servers, although it is a bit different for each of the three storage
               servers (ESS 800, DS6000, and DS8000). The following sections discuss this in more detail.


2.3.1 Physical planning and firewall considerations
               Since TPC for Replication communicates down an IP path, you must ensure that your TPC
               for Replication Server has the necessary access to all required infrastructure.

               If you will be running in a High Availability environment where you have TPC for Replication
               installed on two servers with one server running in active mode and the second one in
               standby mode, make sure that both servers can communicate with each other and that they
               are authenticated through all firewalls. Remember that if the firewall times out on either
               server, it will require re-authentication to allow communication between servers.

               Also ensure that your ICAT server is authenticated to enable communication with the TPC for
               Replication server. The firewall may timeout and block communication, thus re-authentication
               is necessary to allow communication between servers.




22   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
2.3.2 TCP/IP ports used by TPC for Replication
           TPC for Replication utilizes a range of ports to communicate with various aspects of the
           environment. In certain circumstances the TPC for Replication will spawn additional ports
           either locally or remotely for communication purposes. Since these ports are random, it may
           be necessary to establish a VPN between endpoints or put in place a firewall rule to ensure
           communications continue where firewalls are in the IP path.

           Table 2-1 TCP/IP ports
            Usage                          Port                                      Direction

            TPC to SVC CIMOM               5999                                      bidirectional

            TPC to ESS/DS CCW              2433                                      bidirectional

            Remote CSMCLI to TPC           5110                                      bidirectional

            TPC to TPC (HA)                5120                                      bidirectional

            TPC GUI - HTTPS                9443                                      bidirectional

            TPC GUI - HTTP                 9080                                      bidirectional

            SNMP                           162                                       bidirectional


2.3.3 SAN Volume Controller
           We can see in Figure 2-3 that the communications interface between the SVC and TPC for
           Replication is the CIMOM installed on the SVC Master Console.


                                                                   SVC Master Console
                                                                                                      CIM/OM on
                                                                                                     TCP port 5999

                     TPC for Replication                       s
                                                             mm
                                                         P Co
                                                   P/I
                                              TC




                                                                     2145
                                                                                      TotalStorage




                                                                     2145
                                                                                      TotalStorage




                                                                            2145-ITSOSVC01




           Figure 2-3 SVC communications

           We can see in Figure 2-4 on page 24 that the SVC IP connections for the Master Console
           and individual nodes must be network accessible. No additional SVC infrastructure is
           required.




                                                                    Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning          23
Customer Network Segment
                                                                                                               2145 Nodes
                        TPC for
                        Replication
                        Server




                                                                           SVC
                                                                           Master
                                                                           Console



               Figure 2-4 SVC cabling


2.3.4 TPC for Replication Server and ESS 800 connectivity
               With the Enterprise Storage Server, ESS 800, the communications between the ESS and the
               TPC for Replication server is carried over a CCW interface to enable faster processing of
               application requests. In this case the TCP/IP port used is 2433.




                                TPC for Replication

                                                                                            ®




                                                                                                TotalStorage




                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                       O




                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                       O




                                                                           TCP/IP Comms

                                                                                           TCP 2433


                                                                                          IBM 2105-800


               Figure 2-5 ESS communications

               As with the SVC the ESS subsystem will have established IP connectivity as part of its
               deployment. TPC for Replication needs access to the IP network to enable the two
               environments to communicate. We can once again see in Figure 2-6 the attachment schema.


24   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
2105 Base Frame




                                 Customer Network Segment
            TPC for                                                   800 CEC
                                                                      800 CEC               800 CEC
            Replication
            Server




           Figure 2-6 ESS connectivity


2.3.5 TPC for Replication server and DS6000 connectivity
           As with the SVC and ESS 800 the DS6000 subsystem needs IP connectivity as part of its
           deployment. As such TPC for Replication requires access to the IP network to enable the two
           environments to communicate with each other. Figure 2-7 on page 26 displays the basic
           connectivity layout for TPC for Replication server and how to its connects to the DS6000.




                                                             Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   25
1750 Base Frame
                  TPC for



                                       Customer Network Segment
                  Replication
                  Server




                                                                  DS
                                                                  SMC




               Figure 2-7 DS6000 connectivity

               Note that TPC for Replication does not connect to the SMC. The SMC as an external server
               does provide the interface to the DS6000 and through its software stack it offers access to the
               DS6000 controllers through the GUI or the DSCLI. Both applications execute against the
               SMC.

               As Figure 2-8 on page 27 shows this is different with TPC for Replication and how the server
               connects to the DS6000. TPC for Replication shares the same internal DS6000 network
               which the SMC already utilizes. But TPC for Replication communicates directly to the
               DS6000 servers which are server0 and server1 as shown in Figure 2-8 on page 27.




26   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
TPC for Replication Server




                                                  [private] IP network




                                                                                                     SMC

                                            PowerPC             PowerPC
                                             server0             server1

                                                                                     Ethernet ports
                                                       DS6000

                    Note: the server locations are not drawn to scale to their actual physical locations
           Figure 2-8 TPC for Replication server connection to DS6000

           After TPC for Replication server connects to the DS6000 network, define the storage server,
           here the DS6000, to the TPC for Replication server.


2.3.6 TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity
           The connectivity from a TPC for Replication server to a DS8000 is different from all other
           storage servers.

           The actual connectivity between the TPC for Replication server and the storage servers is
           based on particular Ethernet ports in the Series p in the DS80000. This particular Ethernet
           card is a new card and slides into the first slot out of these four or five slots in the p570 in the
           rear of the DS8000 base frame as Figure 2-9 on page 28 shows.




                                                                      Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   27
TPC for Replication Server



                                                           [private] IP network




                                                                                                       Define Ethernet ports


                                                                                               DSCLI
                                                                                                GUI

                                                                  HMC
                                   Port ID                                                        Port ID
                                    I9801                                                          I9B01

                                                           server0 server1
                   Port IP address                                                                     Port IP address


                                                      Series p           Series p
                                                                              DS8000
                   Ethernet card                                                                            Ethernet card
                                 I9802                                                            I9B02
                             Note: the server locations are not drawn to scale to their actual physical locations
               Figure 2-9 Define Ethernet ports for TPC for Replication server connectivity to DS8000

               The HMC is used to configure these new Ethernet ports. This is done either through the
               DSCLI or via the GUI. Note that this only assigns an IP address to the ports and also defines
               the internal DS8000 network of the DS8000, but does not actually connect the TPC for
               Replication server to the ports. Figure 2-9 shows that only the upper port in each Ethernet
               card is used and defined to which the TPC for Replication server later connects to and
               communicate directly to the DS8000 servers, server0 and server1.

               Once the Ethernet ports are defined and have an IP addressed assigned to then define the
               DS8000 to the TPC for Replication server through a corresponding task in the TPC for
               Replication server.


2.3.7 New DS8000 Ethernet card feature codes
               This new Ethernet card is required for TPC for Replication and available for the following
               DS8000 models:
                  921, 922, 931, and 932 with feature code 1801 for the Ethernet adapter pair. Note that you
                  always need a pair of cards, because one Ethernet card installs in sever0 and a second
                  card installs in server1
                  9A2 and 9B2 with feature code 1802 for the Ethernet adapter pair for the first LPAR.
                  9A2 and 9B2 with feature code 1803 for the Ethernet adapter pair for the second LPAR.

               These features are chargeable and carry a minimum monthly maintenance charge.

               This new Ethernet card may come installed from the plant site or they install concurrently in
               the field.


28   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
2.3.8 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration
           You need to plan and install Ethernet cards in pairs for the DS8000 in order to connect to the
           TPC for Replication servers. Note you can perform the definition of the Ethernet ports at any
           time when these ports are installed and ready to be configured. TPC for Replication cannot
           connect to the DS8000 if these ports are not properly configured.

           These Ethernet cards are not required for other supported storage servers such as SVC, ESS
           800, and DS6000. The TPC for Replication server connects to the existing internal network to
           the storage servers.

           This new Ethernet card may come already installed from the plant site or they install
           concurrently in the field.

           To configure the Ethernet ports Release 2 Licensed Internal Code is required for the DS8000.
           This is a code bundle which starts with 6.2.xxx.xx.

           Port numbers on the first card are I9801 and I9802. This is the card which installs in server0.
           Port numbers on the second card are I9B01 and I9B02. This is the card which installs in
           server1. Note that only the first port on each card is currently being used.

           Communication through these ports uses static IP addresses. DHCP is not supported.

           You may configure these new ports either through the GUI or the DSCLI. Note this is not
           done through the TPC for Replication server but through the management means provided
           through the DS8000 HMC.


2.3.9 Define a DS6000 to TPC-RM through the GUI
           The following GUI screen capture sequence shows the steps which are necessary to define a
           DS6000 to the TPC for Replication server.

           These screen captures look very similar to the windows which describe how to define an ESS
           800 or a SVC to the TPC for Replication server.

           Figure 2-10 shows the window to start with. After logging in to the TPC-RM server through the
           GUI the Storage Subsystems overview displays four subsystems which are already defined to
           this TPC-RM server.

           To add another subsystem, click the Add Subsystem button.




                                                               Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   29
Figure 2-10 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - start with Storage Subsystems in My Work

               Figure 2-11 is the next window which details the type of storage subsystem to add to
               TPC-RM. Because we plan to add a DS6000, we select the radio button for ESS or DS
               storage subsystems, and then click OK to continue.




               Figure 2-11 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - Select ESS / DS radio button

               Figure 2-12 displays the most important panel in this sequence of panels. Here you specify
               the connectivity details to define the DS6000, or a DS8000, to this TPC-RM server.




30   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 2-12 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - Details to connect RM server to DS6000

Note that the IP addresses you specify here are the IP addresses of the internal DS6000
servers. The panel in Figure 2-12 calls these servers Cluster 0 and Cluster 1.

The port in Figure 2-12 is predefined and you do not change this number.

The Username and Password have the following rules:
   During installation and setup of the DS6000 or when TPC-RM is going to be implemented
   the IBM CE defines through root level access to the Linux system in the DS6800 a file
   named /persost/etc/fccwUsers with two lines.
   a. The first line must contain the digit 1 in position 1
   b. The second line contains the <Username> and <Password> which go into the panel as
      Figure 2-12 on page 31 displays. Note that there is only a single space between
      Username and Password and not a tab or any other separator character.
   A certain permission activates this setting which the IBM CE performs. Remember that
   this file has to go to both controllers.

Example 2-1 shows an example of the DS6800 based username and password file.

Example 2-1 DS6800 based file which contains username and password
1
tpc passw0rd

In Figure 2-12 on page 31, you click OK when this is the only storage subsystem to connect
for now, or you click Apply when you have to define another storage subsystem to this TPC
for Replication server. In our scenario we click OK. The next window is shown in Figure 2-13.
It shows the new box with a warning mark and in the process of Connecting.




                                                      Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   31
Figure 2-13 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - RM server is about to connect to DS6000

               After a brief period Figure 2-14 displays the final results. The newly added storage subsystem
               jumps to the top of the list and is now the fifth storage subsystem defined to this TPC for
               Replication server. Note that the UNKNOWN BOX changed to DS6000 storage server.




               Figure 2-14 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - completed

               This completes the process to define a new storage subsystem, here a DS6000, to the STPC
               for Replication server.




32   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
2.3.10 Define a DS8000 to TPC-RM through the GUI
          You define a DS8000 in exactly the same manner to the TPC for Replication server as the
          previously defined DS6000.

          As Figure 2-12 on page 31 shows you need a pair of IP addresses. In the case of a DS8000
          this is not the internal servers IP address of the DS8000 but the IP address of the Ethernet
          ports which have been installed before.

          The only actual difference between DS6000 and DS8000 is the Username and password
          which you need to define a DS8000 to TPC for Replication servers. It is not a file as for the
          DS6000 but it is rather a static solution and follows these rules:
             Username is just a constant and the default username is tpcruser.
             Note the r between tpc and user.
             Password is the serial number of the storage facility image (SFI). Note that it is not the unit
             number. For example the unit number is 27550. Then the SFI is 27551. The SFI number is
             preceded by the code of the manufacturing site which is usually 75 for the European
             manufacturing site or a 13 when the DS8000 has been built in San Jose. The
             corresponding password in this case is then 7527551. This would go in Figure 2-12 on
             page 31 for username and password when you define a DS8000 to the TPC for
             Replication server.

          When you want to change the default username and password contact the IBM CE.

          With Release 2.4 of the DS8000 microcode you may alter the password without the help of an
          IBM CE. Release 2.4 provides a new DSCLI command to alter the password and
          Example 2-2 shows this new command.

          Example 2-2 New DSCLI command to alter the password
          setrmpw -dev sfi_image_id -server 0 | 1 | both -rmpw new_rm_password

          It is useful to specify both to create the same password for both DS8000 servers.

          Note that the username remains as tpcruser.

          Before discussing how to add a DS6000 or a DS8000 to a TPC for Replication server through
          the CSMCLI we briefly cover first some basics about the CSMCLI.


2.3.11 Invoke CSMCLI
          CSMCLI commands are usually invoked interactively or through scripts.

          We start first the scripts approach scripts which you may consider in a more automated or
          semi-automated way to manage a Copy Services environment. In the following examples we
          invoke the CSMCLI with the -script parameter which points to a file which contains the
          actual TPC-RM CSMCLI commands.

          Example 2-3 contains the actual script file with two commands. The setoutput command in
          this example causes the output to format with a delimiter, which is a comma by default. The
          actual command which provides output is a lsdevice command which lists all DS6000 and
          DS8000 which are currently defined to the TPC-RM server.




                                                                Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   33
Example 2-3 Script file lsdevice.txt with delimiter separator request for output
               #
               # list device
               # -----------
               setoutput -fmt delim

               lsdevice -l -devtype ds
               # ------------------------ end of script -----------------------------



2.4 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication licensing
               IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and IBM TotalStorage Productivity
               Center for Replication Two Site BC use a new capacity pricing model. The new model
               consists of six tiers, which are to be used cumulatively. All tiers must be used, in order, to get
               to the desired total amount of terabytes (TBs). This model will help ease the pricing for larger
               environments or as your environment grows.




                                                                                                   251+
                 Managed Terabytes




                                                                                       101-250
                                                                        65-100
                                                          33-64
                                              13-32
                                     1-12
                                     Tier 1   Tier 2     Tier 3           Tier 4         Tier 5    Tier 6
               Figure 2-15 License tiering methodology



2.5 Pre-installation steps
               Before you begin the installation of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication,
               ensure that the system environment is set correctly and install the prerequisite applications.
               Complete the following steps to ensure your system environment is ready.
                     Ensure you have authority to log on as a local administrator with Administrator authority
                     for Windows systems or root authority for Linux and AIX systems.
                     Ensure that you do not have any port conflicts. See “TCP/IP ports used by TPC for
                     Replication” on page 23 to see the list of ports used by TPC for Replication. To find the
                     port numbers used in a Windows system use the netstat command as shown in



34   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Example 2-4. This example shows that all these ports are already active which tells us this
   system has a TPC for Replication server installed and active.

Example 2-4 Check port assignments in the system which is going to host TPC-RM server
C:>netstat -a

Active Connections

  TCP     Stops:5110                 Stops:0                    LISTENING
  TCP     Stops:5120                 Stops:0                    LISTENING
.....
  TCP     Stops:9080                 Stops:0                    LISTENING
.....
  TCP     Stops:9443                 Stops:0                    LISTENING
.....
  TCP     Stops:1258                 9.155.51.58:2433           ESTABLISHED
  TCP     Stops:1259                 9.155.51.59:2433           ESTABLISHED
.....
  TCP     Stops:5110                 Stops:1050                 ESTABLISHED
  TCP     Stops:5110                 Stops:1286                 ESTABLISHED
  TCP     Stops:5110                 Stops:1689                 ESTABLISHED
....
C:>

   Ensure your TPC for Replication servers meet all minimum hardware and software
   requirements as described in 2.2, “Hardware and software requirements” on page 20.
   Ensure your server(s) are authenticated if behind a firewall and that it can communicate
   with your storage devices and with your secondary server if running in High Availability
   mode.
   Ensure your storage devices have the advanced copy feature codes and licenses
   installed.

You are now ready to install DB2 and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication.




                                                    Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning   35
36   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
3


    Chapter 3.   Installation on Linux
                 This chapter takes you through the installation of TotalStorage Productivity Center for
                 Replication on the Linux platform. In our example we used SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9.

                 The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication (TPC for Replication) product utilizes
                 DB2 as its information repository. Therefore DB2 is an installation prerequisite for the
                 installation of TPC for Replication.

                 After installing DB2 you complete the installation of TotalStorage Productivity Center for
                 Replication in two parts:
                     TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Basic
                     TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                               37
3.1 DB2 installation
               As we stated previously, DB2 must be installed before you install TotalStorage Productivity
               Center for Replication. Should you attempt to install TPC for Replication without DB2
               installed, you will receive the following message as shown in Figure 3-1.




               Figure 3-1 TPC for Replication - DB2 warning window

               For installation on Linux, you begin the installation of DB2 by starting the db2setup
               command, as shown in Figure 3-2, from the db2_82_express directory found within your
               installation package or CD.


                sles9spig:/media/cdrom/db2_82_express # ./db2setup
               Figure 3-2 Running the db2setup command

               The following figures contain the installation windows for the installation of DB2 UDB on to
               your designated TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Linux server. Upon starting
               the command db2setup, the DB2 launchpad window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-3
               on page 39.




38   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-3 DB2 UDB Launchpad

From this window, select and click the Install Product tab located on the left-hand side of the
launchpad window as shown in Figure 3-3

After clicking Install Product you will see the DB2 UDB Express Setup window as shown in
Figure 3-4.




Figure 3-4 DB2 UDB installation

Click the Next button, you will see the DB2 Setup Wizard panel as shown in Figure 3-5 on
page 40.




                                                            Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   39
Figure 3-5 DB2 UDB Welcome to the DB2 Setup wizard

               Click the Next button and the Licensing window is displayed as in Figure 3-6.




               Figure 3-6 DB2 UDB Software License Agreement

               Read and accept the licensing terms, then click Next to continue. The Select the installation
               type window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-7 on page 41.


40   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-7 DB2 UDB Select the installation type

We recommend that you select Typical as your installation type as this will install all the
prerequisite components needed for your TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
Server to function. Upon selection of Typical, click the Next button to display the Set user
information for the DB2 Administration Server window as shown in Figure 3-8.




Figure 3-8 DB2 UDB Set   user information for the DB2 Administration Server


                                                            Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   41
Enter the desired settings for this user ID and click the Next button. This will display the Set
               up a DB2 instance window as shown in Figure 3-9.




               Figure 3-9 DB2 UDB Set up a DB2 instance

               Select Create a DB2 instance and click the Next button to display the Set user information
               for the DB2 instance owner as shown in Figure 3-10.




               Figure 3-10 DB2 UDB Set user information for the DB2 instance owner


42   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Type in desired settings for this user ID and click the Next button to display the Set user
information for the fenced user window as shown in Figure 3-11.




Figure 3-11 DB2 UDB Set user information for the fenced user

Type in desired settings for this user ID and click the Next button to display the Start copying
files window as shown in Figure 3-12 on page 44. Should you want to change anything
specific, now is your last chance. If you are satisfied with the options and configurations which
you have supplied previously, select the Finish button to proceed with the DB2 installation.




                                                               Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   43
Figure 3-12 DB2 UDB Installation and configuration summary

               Once all the files are installed, the Setup is Complete window is displayed as shown in
               Figure 3-13. From here, click the Finish button.




               Figure 3-13 DB2 UDB installation complete

               You have now completed the prerequisite DB2 installation and are now ready to install
               TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication.




44   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
3.2 TPC for Replication installation
         Before starting the installation you should verify that host name can be resolved. If you are
         not using DNS you should check for correct entry in /etc/hosts file. The example of /etc/hosts
         file for our installation is shown in Figure 3-14.


          sles9spig:~ # cat /etc/hosts
          #
          # hosts         This file describes a number of hostname-to-address
          #               mappings for the TCP/IP subsystem. It is mostly
          #               used at boot time, when no name servers are running.
          #               On small systems, this file can be used instead of a
          #               "named" name server.
          # Syntax:
          #
          # IP-Address Full-Qualified-Hostname Short-Hostname
          #

          127.0.0.1          localhost

          # special IPv6 addresses
          ::1             localhost ipv6-localhost ipv6-loopback

          fe00::0            ipv6-localnet

          ff00::0            ipv6-mcastprefix
          ff02::1            ipv6-allnodes
          ff02::2            ipv6-allrouters
          ff02::3            ipv6-allhosts
          172.31.4.63        sles9spig.site sles9spig


         Figure 3-14 /etc/hosts

         To start the Linux installation of TPC for Replication V3.1, run the setuplinux.bin found in the
         source installation directory or CD as shown in Figure 3-15.


          sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ll
          total 47141
          dr-xr-xr-x   9 root root     2048 May 31 00:37         .
          drwxr-xr-x   4 root root       96 Aug 10 2005          ..
          dr-xr-xr-x 12 root root      2048 May 31 00:40         .rr_moved
          dr-xr-xr-x 20 root root      4096 May 22 16:53         EmbeddedExpress_linux_ia32
          dr-xr-xr-x   2 root root     2048 May 30 23:05         Scripts
          dr-xr-xr-x   7 root root     2048 May 30 23:05         TPCRM
          dr-xr-xr-x   4 root root     2048 May 22 16:54         db2_82_express
          dr-xr-xr-x   2 root root     4096 May 22 16:54         eula
          -rwxr-xr-x   1 root root 48249856 May 30 23:00         setuplinux.bin
          dr-xr-xr-x   2 root root     4096 May 30 23:05         supportfiles
          sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ./setuplinux.bin
         Figure 3-15 TPC for Replication directory




                                                                      Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   45
After the start of installation Welcome window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-16 on
               page 46.




               Figure 3-16 TPC for Replication Welcome window

               Click Next to continue installation. In this step the installation program will check your system
               for prerequisites. If your system has all the required prerequisites you will see window similar
               to Figure 3-17.




               Figure 3-17 TPC for Replication System prerequisites check

               Click Next to continue installation and the License window will be displayed as shown in
               Figure 3-18 on page 47.




46   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-18 TPC for Replication License window

Read and accept the license, then click Next to continue. The installation program will check
for the presence of DB2 and report findings as shown in Figure 3-19.




Figure 3-19 TPC for Replication DB2 check

Click Next to continue the installation. The Target directory window will be displayed as
shown in Figure 3-20 on page 48.




                                                            Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   47
Figure 3-20 TPC for Replication Target directory

               Specify the desired target directory. In our example we accepted the defaults as shown in
               Figure 3-20. Once the target directory is specified click Next to continue the installation. The
               DB2 user window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-21.




               Figure 3-21 TPC for Replication DB2 user

               Type in the user ID and password for the DB2 instance user which will be used to create the
               TPC for Replication database. When you are done click Next to continue, the Ports window
               will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-22 on page 49.




48   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-22 TPC for Replication Ports

On this panel you can specify ports needed for installation of Embedded WebSphere Express
V6.0. Embedded WAS is used by TPC for Replication in order to perform its functions. It is
recommended that you accept default values unless you have specific needs. Once the ports
are defined click Next to continue, the Database window will be displayed as shown in
Figure 3-23.




Figure 3-23 TPC for Replication Database

Type in the database name and click Next to continue. The CSM User window will be
displayed as shown in Figure 3-24 on page 50.




                                                         Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   49
Figure 3-24 TPC for Replication CSM User

               CSM User is used to authenticate in TPC for Replication. Enter the desired user ID and
               password. If user ID does not exist on the system it will be created. Once the user ID is
               defined, click Next to continue. The Group window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-25.




               Figure 3-25 TPC for Replication Group

               Enter the group name for the users of TPC for Replication. The users who are members of
               this group will be able to access the TPC for Replication application. If the group does not
               exist on the system it will be created. Once the group is defined, click Next to continue. The
               Summary window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-26 on page 51.




50   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-26 TPC for Replication Summary

Should you want to change anything specific, now is your last chance. If you are happy with
the options and configurations which you have supplied previously, click the Install button to
proceed with the TPC for Replication installation. During the installation the database
parameters will be updated as shown in Figure 3-27. Click OK to continue.




Figure 3-27 TPC for Replication Database parameters

As the installation progresses the installation Progress window will be displayed as shown in
Figure 3-28 on page 52.




                                                            Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   51
Figure 3-28 TPC for Replication Progress

               Once the installation is finished the Installation summary window will be displayed as shown
               in Figure 3-29. Click Finish to end the installation.




               Figure 3-29 TPC for Replication Installation summary

               Congratulations. You have now completed the Linux Server, TPC for Replication installation.


3.2.1 Verify the installation
               You can check if the installation was successful by pointing your Web browser to the following
               address: https://hostname:9443/CSM/WelcomePage.jsp, where hostname is the name or IP
               of the server where you performed installation of TPC for Replication. After doing that you
               should see a window similar to Figure 3-30 on page 53.




52   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-30 TPC for Replication Logon window



3.3 TPC for Replication Two site BC installation
         If you want to utilize the TPC for Replication Business Continuity feature which allows the use
         of a standby server in case of a disaster, you need to install the advanced version of TPC for
         Replication. If you previously installed the basic version this can be upgraded to advanced
         version. In this section we describe the upgrade process. The difference between basic and
         advanced version is only in licenses.

         The upgrade process will just install the necessary licenses.

         To start the upgrade to advanced version, run the setuplinux.bin found in the source
         installation directory or CD as shown in Figure 3-31.


          sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ll
          total 129768
          dr-xr-xr-x 3 root root      2048 May 31 00:11             .
          drwxr-xr-x 4 root root        96 Aug 10 2005              ..
          dr-xr-xr-x 3 root root      2048 May 26 01:05             TPCRM
          -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 43243520 May 26 00:54              setupaix.bin
          -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 48126976 May 26 00:54              setuplinux.bin
          -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 41506850 May 26 00:54              setupwin32.exe
          sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ./setuplinux.bin
         Figure 3-31 TPC for Replication Two site BC installation

         After the start of installation the Welcome window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-32
         on page 54.



                                                                        Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   53
Figure 3-32 TPC for Replication AE Welcome window

               Click Next to continue the installation. In this step the installation program will check your
               system for prerequisites. If your system has all the necessary prerequisites you will see a
               window similar to Figure 3-33.




               Figure 3-33 TPC for Replication AE System prerequisites check

               Click Next to continue installation and the License window will be displayed as shown in
               Figure 3-34 on page 55.




54   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-34 TPC for Replication AE License window

Read and accept the license, then click Next to continue, the Path window will be displayed
as shown in Figure 3-35.




Figure 3-35 TPC for Replication AE Path window

Type in the absolute path where you installed TPC for Replication basic version. In our
example this was /opt/IBM/TPC-RM. Click Next to continue. The Summary window will be
displayed as shown in Figure 3-36 on page 56.




                                                          Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   55
Figure 3-36 TPC for Replication AE Summary

               Should you want to change anything specific, now is your last chance. If you are satisfied with
               the options and configurations which you previously entered, click the Install button to
               proceed with the TPC for Replication AE installation. During installation a Progress window
               will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-37.




               Figure 3-37 TPC for Replication AE Progress

               Once the installation is finished the Installation summary window will be displayed as shown
               in Figure 3-38 on page 57. Click Finnish to end the installation.




56   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 3-38 TPC for Replication AE Installation summary

Congratulations. You have now completed the Linux Server, TPC for Replication AE
installation.




                                                          Chapter 3. Installation on Linux   57
58   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
4


    Chapter 4.   Configuration and usage basics
                 on Linux
                 After you have successfully installed the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
                 server, there are configuration tasks that need to be completed before you can start using the
                 function. This chapter provides the basics for configuring your replication environment and
                 getting started using the function. These tasks include:
                     Define the Ethernet ports which are unique to the DS8000 setup for TPC for Replication
                     server connectivity. This applies to the DS8000 only and is independent from the server
                     platform on which the TPC for Replication code performs.
                     Setting up user accounts on CIMOM servers and the storage subsystems
                     Setting up additional user accounts on the TotalStorage Productivity Center for
                     Replication server
                     Logging on to the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server
                     Setting up the standby server
                     Remote installation and customizing of the CLI




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                             59
4.1 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration
               As outlined in 2.3.6, “TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity” on page 27 you
               need to plan and install Ethernet cards in pairs for the DS8000 in order to connect to the TPC
               for Replication servers. Note you can perform the definition of the Ethernet ports at any time
               when these ports are installed and ready to be configured. TPC for Replication cannot
               connect to the DS8000 if these ports are not properly configured.

               These Ethernet cards are not required for other supported storage servers such as SVC, ESS
               800, and DS6000. The TPC for Replication server connects to the existing internal network to
               the storage servers.

               This new Ethernet card may come already installed from the plant site or they install
               concurrently in the field.

               To configure the Ethernet ports Release 2 Licensed Internal Code is required for the DS8000.
               This is a code bundle which starts with 6.2.xxx.xx.

               Port numbers on the first card are I9801 and I9802. This is the card which installs in server0.
               Port numbers on the second card are I9B01 and I9B02. This is the card which installs in
               server1. Note that only the first port on each card is currently being used.

               Communication through these ports uses static IP addresses. DHCP is not supported.

               You may configure these new ports either through the GUI or the DSCLI. Note this is not
               done through the TPC for Replication server but through the management means provided
               through the DS8000 HMC.


4.1.1 Use GUI to define Ethernet ports
               The GUI provides a new panel to configure the required IP addresses. Under the Manage
               hardware application select Storage Image. Under Storage Image is a new Configure
               Network Port panel.

               Figure 4-1 on page 61 shows the Manage hardware application under which you select
               Storage images.




60   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 4-1 Select Storage images to get to the network configuration panel

Figure 4-2 displays the next panel where you select the storage image before you open the
Select Action window.




Figure 4-2 Select Configure network ports

Have the following information available to fill in the next panel as shown in Figure 4-3 on
page 62.
   IP address which is assigned to the Ethernet card port for each server
   Internal DS8000 gateway IP address and subnet mask
   Optionally the IP addresses of primary DNS and secondary DNS




                                            Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   61
Figure 4-3 Ethernet port setup through the GUI

               Click OK and this will complete the GUI walk through on how to define an Ethernet port to get
               ready for TPC-RM server connection to the DS8000. Repeat this sequence of panels in the
               same fashion for the second Ethernet port for the other server.


4.1.2 Use DSCLI to define Ethernet ports
               The DSCLI provides the following commands to manage these new network ports. Again
               these commands are DS6000 and DS8000 DSCLI commands and are not available through
               the TPC for Replication CLI, CSMCLI.
                  lsnetworkport -l
                  This command shows the server associations, physical port location, and all IP address
                  setting for all ports on the queried Storage Image Facility. An example is shown in
                  Example 4-2 on page 63.
                  shownetworkport
                  This command shows the server association, physical location, and IP addresses for a
                  particular port on the Ethernet card. An example is shown in Example 4-3 on page 64
                  setnetworkport
                  This command configures the network ports. Example 4-1 on page 63 displays a
                  command example and configures the first port on the Ethernet card in server0.

               Figure 4-4 on page 63 provides an overview of the setnetworkport command (refer to
               Example 4-1 on page 63).




62   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Replication Manager Server



                                                                                setnetworkport -ipaddr 9.155.86.128 ... N9801



                                          [private] IP network


                                                                                                     DSCLI
                                                                                                      GUI


                                                   HMC
                 Port ID                                                                                      Ethernet ports
                 N9801
 9.155.86.128                              server0 server1



                                       Series p          Series p
                                                              DS8000                     Ethernet card
 Ethernet card
                 I9802

                Note: the server locations are not drawn to scale to their real physical locations

Figure 4-4 Define Ethernet port attached to server 0 in DS8000

Remember to perform a second DSCLI command to define the first Ethernet port in the
second Ethernet card attached to server 1.

Example 4-1 The setnetworkport command example
dscli> setnetworkport -dev IBM.2107-7520781 -ipaddr 9.155.86.128 -gateway
9.155.86.1 -subnet 255.255.255.0
-primary 9.64.163.21 -secondary 9.64.162.21 N9801

Example 4-2 shows sample output of the lsnetworkport which provides an overview of all
available Ethernet ports on the concerned storage image facility.

Example 4-2 Output of lsnetworkport command
dscli> lsnetworkport
Date/Time: 10 November 2006 03:03:32 CET IBM DSCLI Version: 5.2.200.308 DS:
IBM.2107-7520781
ID    IP Address   Subnet Mask   Gateway    Primary DNS Secondary DNS State
=============================================================================
I9801 9.155.86.128 255.255.255.0 9.155.86.1 9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21   Online
I9802 0.0.0.0      255.0.0.0     0.0.0.0    9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21   Offline
I9B01 9.155.86.129 255.255.255.0 9.155.86.1 9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21   Online
I9B02 0.0.0.0      255.0.0.0     0.0.0.0    9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21   Offline

Example 4-3 on page 64 shows sample output example of shownetworkport which provides
an overview of all settings for a particular Ethernet port.




                                                        Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux                  63
Example 4-3 Output of shownetworkport command for a particular Ethernet port
               dscli> shownetworkport i9801
               Date/Time: 10 November 2006 03:08:06 CET IBM DSCLI Version: 5.2.200.308 DS:
               IBM.2107-7520781
               ID            I9801
               IP Address    9.155.86.128
               Subnet Mask   255.255.255.0
               Gateway       9.155.86.1
               Primary DNS   9.64.163.21
               Secondary DNS 9.64.162.21
               State         Online
               Server        00
               Speed         1 Gb/sec
               Type          Ethernet-Copper
               Location      U7879.001.DQD0A40-P1-C1-T1

               Example 4-4 shows the shownetworkport command output of an unused and not explicitly
               configured Ethernet port.

               Example 4-4 shownetworkport output of an inactive and not configured Ethernet port
               dscli> shownetworkport i9802
               Date/Time: 10 November 2006 03:11:40 CET IBM DSCLI Version: 5.2.200.308 DS:
               IBM.2107-7520781
               ID            I9802
               IP Address    0.0.0.0
               Subnet Mask   255.0.0.0
               Gateway       0.0.0.0
               Primary DNS   9.64.163.21
               Secondary DNS 9.64.162.21
               State         Offline
               Server        00
               Speed         1 Gb/sec
               Type          Ethernet-Copper
               Location      U7879.001.DQD0A40-P1-C1-T2

               This definition process is only required once for each DS8000 which will be connected to a
               TPC for Replication server. At this point we have not connected the TPC for Replication
               server, but it should be ready at this point.



4.2 Storage subsystem setup
               Before you can use TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication to manage your storage
               subsystems, you need to define accounts to be used by TotalStorage Productivity Center for
               Replication server to access them. You can use existing accounts, but it is recommended to
               create separate accounts for TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server usage.
               These accounts are later used when you define storage subsystems in TotalStorage
               Productivity Center for Replication server. The following sections describe how to define new
               accounts for various storage subsystems.




64   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
4.2.1 SAN Volume Controller
          To define an account for TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server for your SAN
          Volume Controller (SVC) you need to start the SVC Console by pointing your Web browser to
          the following address:
             http://hostname:9080/ica/Login
             Where, hostname is the name or IP address of your SAN Volume Controller Master
             Console or another server where SAN Volume Controller Console code is installed.

          You will a see window similar to Figure 4-5.




          Figure 4-5 SAN Volume Controller Console logon window

          Logon with the superuser ID, you will a see window similar to Figure 4-6 on page 66.




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   65
Figure 4-6 SAN Volume Controller Console

               Select Users link and a window similar to Figure 4-7 on page 67 will be displayed. To add a
               user, select the action Add a User from the Select Action menu. Click Go to continue.




66   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 4-7 SAN Volume Controller Console Users

The Users Introduction window is displayed as shown in Figure 4-8. Click Next to continue.




Figure 4-8 SAN Volume Controller Console Add User


                                        Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   67
The Define Users is the next window as show in Figure 4-9. Type in the new User Name and
               Password. Click Next to continue.




               Figure 4-9 SAN Volume Controller Console New User

               The next panel allows you to assign administrator roles to the user being created as shown in
               Figure 4-10 on page 69. Under Candidate Clusters select the SAN Volume Controller cluster
               this user will be able to manage with Administrative role, and click Add to add them to
               Administrator Clusters. In our example we selected two clusters with names
               SSCLAB-SVC1 and SVCLAB-SVC2. Click Next to continue.




68   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 4-10 SAN Volume Controller Console Administrator Roles

The Assign service roles window as shown in Figure 4-11 on page 70 is displayed. For the
TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server you do not need to define any Service
roles. Click Next to continue.




                                         Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   69
Figure 4-11 SAN Volume Controller Console Service Roles

               The Verify user roles panel is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-12 on page 71. If you want to
               change any of the user properties, now is your last chance. If you are happy with the user and
               the options you have specified, click Finish to save the user.




70   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 4-12 SAN Volume Controller Console Verify Roles

The Viewing Users window (see Figure 4-13 on page 72) will be displayed. This new user, in
our example tpcrm, can be used in the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server
when defining the SAN Volume Controller storage subsystem.




                                         Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   71
Figure 4-13 SAN Volume Controller Console New User Defined



4.3 User management
               During initial TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication installation you have defined or
               created a user ID which will be used with the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
               server. In our example this was the new csmuser. As you can see from Figure 4-14, the
               installation program created the user on the system.


                csmuser:x:1000:100::/home/csmuser:/bin/bash
               Figure 4-14 TPC for Replication initial user

               During initial installation you also specified the user group ID. All members of this user group
               can use TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server. In our example this was
               rmuser, as you can see from Figure 4-15, the installation program created the group on the
               system and also included the initial user into that group.


                rmgroup:!:1000:csmuser
               Figure 4-15 TPC for Replication User Group

               If you want to create additional user IDs for your environment, it is simply a case of creating
               new users on the TPC for Replication Server and assigning them to the group specified
               during installation, in our example rmgroup. You can create new users by using your Linux


72   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
distribution specific tools or by using standard Linux commands. This can be seen in the
following screens. In Figure 4-16 we create a user ID tpcrmuser, with the useradd command.


 sles9spig:/ # useradd tpcrmuser -s /bin/false

 sles9spig:/ # cat /etc/passwd
 root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
 .
 .
 tpcrmuser:x:1002:100::/home/tpcrmuser:/bin/false
Figure 4-16 Adding New User

As you can see from our example the tpcrmuser we added does not have shell defined. This
means that it cannot actually login to the server itself. It will be only used for accessing the
TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server. The new user has to have a valid
password defined. We defined a new password with the passwd command as shown in
Figure 4-17.


 sles9spig:/ # passwd tpcrmuser
 Changing password for tpcrmuser.
 New password:
 Re-enter new password:
 Password changed
Figure 4-17 Defining Password for New User

Next we add the new user to the rmgroup group as shown in Figure 4-18


 sles9spig:/ # usermod tpcrmuser -G rmgroup

 sles9spig:/ # cat /etc/group
 root:x:0:
 .
 .
 rmgroup:!:1000:csmuser,tpcrmuser
Figure 4-18 Adding New User to rmgroup

Finally we can use the new user to sign in to the TPC for Replication application as shown in
Figure 4-19 on page 74.




                                         Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   73
Figure 4-19 TPC for Replication Signon



4.4 Signing on to TPC for Replication GUI interface
               There are essentially two ways to signing in to your TPC for Replication server. But all GUI
               access utilizes a Web browser. You can sign on:
                  Locally at the server
                  Remotely and securely through a network attached computer




               Figure 4-20 TPC for Replication Sign In


74   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
In all the following examples the WebSphere application name CSM is used (not csm). The
application name is case sensitive.

In the first instance (Figure 4-21) you see a sign in via the local host attachment.




Figure 4-21 Localhost

In Figure 4-22 we can see that the DNS entry for the TPC for Replication server is called
along with the secure TCP/IP port is used.




Figure 4-22 Computername

In the third example (Figure 4-23), an IP address is used to sign in to the application.




Figure 4-23 IP address

A secure session establishment will require you to accept the certificate as shown in
Figure 4-24.




                                          Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   75
Figure 4-24 Session Certificate



4.5 Setting up a TPC for Replication Standby Server
               To support High available environments TPC for Replication Two Site BC provides you with
               the ability to define and use standby servers. A standby server is a separate instance of TPC
               for Replication that runs on a different physical server, but is continuously synchronized with
               the primary TPC for Replication server. Figure 4-25 on page 76 shows our Master / Standby
               server setup. The colored boxes on the servers represent application spawned ports to
               enable the transfer of data to be passed between them. Additional ports (for communications
               with the storage subsystems) will be opened by the standby server as the two servers are
               synchronizing.




               Figure 4-25 Standby Setup

               With high availability, the active server issues commands and processes events while the
               standby server records the changes to the active servers. Then, if the active server fails, you
               issue a Takeover command to make the standby server take over.



76   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
In an environment with high availability enabled, when the connection between the active and
         standby servers breaks (instead of the active server failing), and you perform a Takeover
         command from the standby server, you must ensure that you do not have two active servers
         as a result. Two active servers can result when the connection between them breaks. But if
         both servers remain functional, you need to perform a set standby action for one of the active
         servers, and then the connection will be reestablished. If you do not, both active servers will
         be trying to manage the defined sessions. In addition, if you perform an action on either
         server while they are disconnected, the servers would not be in synch. If you must perform a
         takeover and use the standby server, ensure that you shut down the active server first.



4.6 Remote CLI installation
         To install the CLI code on workstation other than your TPC for Replication Server, complete
         the following steps:
            Create a CLI folder on your machine, for example CSMCLI.
            Copy the entire TPC CLI program subfolder including sub directories into your local CLI
            directory as shown in Figure 4-26 on page 77.




         Figure 4-26 CLI directory

            Copy the csmcli.bat into your local CLI directory.
            Edit the CSMJDK and CSMCLI location lines in csmcli.bat to meet your local directory
            structure. An example is shown in Example 4-5.

         Example 4-5 CSMCLI.bat
         REM **************************************************************
         REM Set up the environment for this specific configuration. Both
         REM JAVA_HOME and CSMCLI_HOME must be defined in environment variables.
         REM **************************************************************
         set CSMJDK=c:Program FilesJavaj2re1.4.2_06

                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   77
if "%CSMJDK%"=="" GOTO ERROR_JAVA
               set CSMCLI=c:CSM-CLI
               if "%CSMCLI%"=="" GOTO ERROR_CLI
               set
               PATH=%CSMCLI%lib;%PATH%

                  Edit the repcli.properties file to include your environment variables (for example
                  username/password) as shown in Figure 4-27. The server name must be the fully qualified
                  DNS entry or the actual IP address of the TPC for Replication server. The port must not be
                  changed as this is a system setting used to communicate with the TPC for Replication
                  Server.




               Figure 4-27 repcli.properties file

                  Verify the CSMCLI works by starting it up from a command prompt. A successful
                  installation should start the CLI interface as shown in Figure 4-28.




               Figure 4-28 CSMCLI prompt

               The CSMCLI uses Java™ Keystores to provide authentication regime for the session. The
               CSMCLI establishes an SSL link for the term of the session as shown in Figure 4-29.




78   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
TPC for                                                                  CSMCLI
           Replication                                                               User


                             SSL session to port 5110
                             On TPC for Replication Server

                                                                    csmTrust.jks


         Figure 4-29 CSMCLI communications

         When you start a CSMCLI session, a communication session is established between a local
         port (random) and the remote port 5110 on the TPC for Replication Server. We can see in
         Figure 4-30, a number of local address and port combinations but the destination address is
         always the same combination.




         Figure 4-30 CSM ports



4.7 TPC for Replication Logging
         In the course of your usage you may need to obtain information about the operations of the
         TPC for Replication server. Since the CSM application is running within WebSphere, the
         relevant log files are stored within the WAS directories as we can see in Figure 4-31 on
         page 80.




                                                Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux   79
Figure 4-31 WAS logs

               Additionally as shown in Figure 4-32, the various CSM trace files provide a useful diagnostic
               tool.




               Figure 4-32 CSM trace files




80   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
5


    Chapter 5.   Configuring and using
                 TotalStorage Productivity Center
                 for Replication on Linux
                 At this point you have successfully installed the TotalStorage Productivity Center for
                 Replication. In this chapter we show you how to set up and manage replication sessions.

                 The chapter contains a section for each supported subsystem. At the time of writing, this
                 includes:
                     SAN Volume Controller (SVC)
                     ESS 800

                 Scenarios are included that document the work we completed in our lab environment using:
                     GUI configuration
                     CLI configuration
                     Flashcopy
                     Metro Mirror




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                             81
5.1 TPC for Replication and SAN Volume Controller
               As we have seen in the planning section, the TPC for Replication tool communicates with the
               SAN Volume Controller (SVC) via CIMOM, which is installed on the SVC Master Console as
               shown in Figure 5-1.




               Figure 5-1 IP connectivity for TPC for Replication and SVC

               Within this chapter we will show you how to perform the following using both the GUI and CLI
               interfaces:
                  Add an SVC to your TPC for Replication environment
                  Create and delete SVC sessions
                  Create and delete SVC Copy Sets
                  Manipulate the created sessions

               Our lab setup can be seen in Figure 5-2 on page 83




82   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-2 ITSO Linux Lab setup


5.1.1 Adding the SAN Volume Controller using the Linux GUI
           Start your Web browser and sign on to the TPC for Replication server. Once you are signed
           on, select the Storage Subsystems from either the Navigation Menu or the Work Area as
           shown in Figure 5-3 on page 84.




                Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   83
Figure 5-3 TPC for Replication Health Overview

               After selecting Storage Subsystems a window similar to Figure 5-4 on page 85 will be
               displayed. Click Add Subsystem to continue.




84   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-4 TPC for Replication Storage Subsystems

In the next panel select the radio button next to SVC (SAN Volume Controller) as shown in
Figure 5-5 and click OK to continue.




Figure 5-5 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem


     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   85
Now enter the IP address (or the fully qualified name) of the SVC Master Console or the
               server where the SVC CIMOM is installed as well as the defined user account and password
               for TPC for Replication’s use as shown in Figure 5-6. Click OK to continue.




               Figure 5-6 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem (SVC)

               In our example we used http (unsecure) protocol for accessing the SVC CIMOM. It is also
               possible to use https (secure) protocol. To use the secure protocol you need to use port 5999
               instead of port 5989. Click OK to continue to the panel in Figure 5-7 on page 87. Note the
               SVC has been defined and the TPC for Replication server is connecting to it.




86   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-7 TPC for Replication SVC Subsystem Added

When the SVC is successfully connected, this will be reflected in the Health Overview panel
as shown in Figure 5-8.




Figure 5-8 TPC for Replication SVC Subsystem Connected


     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   87
The green checkmark beside Storage Subsystems means that our SVC Subsystem is
               successfully connected.


5.1.2 Adding the SVC with the Linux CLI
               Using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result as with the GUI. For this
               effort we have created a script file which can be seen in Figure 5-9.


                sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat addsvc.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Replication
                #
                setoutput -fmt delim -v on
                adddevice -devtype SVC -ip 172.31.4.54 -username tpcrm -port 5989
                lsdevice -devtype svc
               Figure 5-9 Add SVC Subsystem script

               While we can setup a script to perform this, because the adddevice command requires a
               password, it must be added interactively as shown in Figure 5-10.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addsvc.txt
                Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcrm:
               Figure 5-10 Add Subsystem script

               Once the password is entered correctly we see the result as shown in Figure 5-11.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addsvc.txt
                Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcrm:
                IWNH1000I [Jun 17, 2006 1:21:23 PM] The command completed successfully.
                Device ID,Device type
                =====================
                SVC:BOX:172.31.4.54,SVC
               Figure 5-11 CLI result


5.1.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using the GUI
               Now that we have a subsystem to use, we can create a session to meet our copy services
               requirements. Remember that a Session is the highest order component. As such, it
               represents a consistency group for all copy sets defined within it.

               In this instance, we will create a FlashCopy Session as shown in Figure 5-12 on page 89.




88   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-12 Flashcopy ITSO Linux lab setup

The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel as shown in
Figure 5-13.




Figure 5-13 TPC for Replication Sessions

This will open a new panel where you choose the session type to add as shown in
Figure 5-14 on page 90.




     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   89
Figure 5-14 TPC for Replication Create Session

               Select your Session Type, in our example Flash Copy, and click the Next button. The window
               similar to Figure 5-15 will be displayed.




               Figure 5-15 TPC for Replication Create Session Properties




90   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any
        informational text in the Description box. Click Next to continue. The session will be created
        and the window similar to Figure 5-16 will be displayed.




        Figure 5-16 TPC for Replication Session Created

        Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process.



5.2 Adding a FlashCopy session using the Linux CLI
        Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort
        we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-17. Note that we have
        added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one
        has been created.


         sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat createfcsession.txt
         #
         # This is a script file
         # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R
         #
         setoutput -v on
         mksess -cptype fc -desc FLASHCOPY1 FLASHCOPY1
         lssess -l
        Figure 5-17 Add FC Session script file

        The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-18 on page 92.




              Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   91
sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createfcsession.txt
                IWNR1021I [Jun 17, 2006 4:05:33 PM] Session FLASHCOPY1 was successfully
                created.
                Name       Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ==========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              0 No
               Figure 5-18 FC Session CLI result


5.2.1 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI
               Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create copy sets within the session.
               First you need to select the session, in our example FLASHCOPY1, to which you want to add
               copy sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down
               menu as shown in Figure 5-19.




               Figure 5-19 TPC for Replication Add Copy Sets

               Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy
               sets as shown in Figure 5-20 on page 93. In this window we define the source subsystems
               using the first drop-down menu.




92   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-20 TPC for Replication Source SVC

Select your source SAN Volume Controller, in our example we selected
SVC:BOX:172.31.41.3. The Host 1 IO group pull-down menu will become available as
shown in Figure 5-21.




Figure 5-21 TPC for Replication Source SVC IO Group



     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   93
From the Host 1 I/O group pull-down menu, select your source SVC I/O group. We selected
               SVC:IOGROUP:172.32.41.3:0. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu becomes available as
               shown in Figure 5-22. Select your source volume, we selected TPCRM1 volume. Once the
               source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions as shown
               in Figure 5-23 on page 95.




               Figure 5-22 TPC for Replication SVC Source Volume




94   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-23 TPC for Replication Target SVC

Select your target SAN Volume Controller from the Target 1 storage subsystem pull-down
menu. We selected SVC:BOX:172.31.41.3. The Target1 IO group pull-down menu becomes
available as shown in Figure 5-24 on page 96.

 Note: As you can see in our example only one SAN Volume Controller is available for
 target selection. The reason for this is that FlashCopy operation can only be performed
 within the same SAN Volume Controller cluster.




     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   95
Figure 5-24 TPC for Replication Target SVC IO Group

               Select your target SAN Volume Controller IO group from the Target 1 I/O group pull-down.
               We selected SVC:IOGROUP:172.31.41.3:0. The Target 1 volume pull-down menu becomes
               available as shown in Figure 5-25 on page 97.




96   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-25 TPC for Replication SVC Target Volume

Select your target volume, we selected volume TPCRM2 volume. Once the source volume is
selected, click the Next button to continue. TPC for Replication will now perform a check to
confirm the volume attributes match. This checking process can be seen in Figure 5-26 on
page 98.

 Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a FlashCopy target will be displayed.




     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   97
Figure 5-26 TPC for Replication Volume Match OK

               You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes. You can proceed by clicking
               the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-27 will be displayed where you see the copy
               sets available to add.




               Figure 5-27 TPC for Replication Select Copy Set



98   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue, the window similar to
Figure 5-28 will be displayed.




Figure 5-28 TPC for Replication Copy Set Confirm

TPC for Replication requires you to confirm your configuration as we shown in Figure 5-28.
From here just click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-29 on page 100 will be
displayed.




     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   99
Figure 5-29 TPC for Replication Finish Adding Copy Sets

               Finally, once you have added a Copy set successfully, click the Finish button to complete the
               task.


5.2.2 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI
               In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as
               part of a single script.

               As we can see in Figure 5-31 on page 101, the script file contains multiple commands to
               setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the copy set. In this case we have
               pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-30.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype svc | grep 172.31.41.3 | grep TPC
                TPCRM1    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:9   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB     1.000   GB
                TPCRM11   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:6   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM10   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:23 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM9    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:22 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM8    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:21 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM7    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:20 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM6    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM5    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM14   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:17 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM13   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:16 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM12   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:15 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     1.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     1.000   GB
                TPCRM4    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     1.000   GB
                TPCRM3    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     1.000   GB
                TPCRM2    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:10 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB     1.000   GB

               Figure 5-30 List of possible volumes




100   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in Figure 5-31
on page 101.


 sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcfc.txt
 #
 # This is a script file
 # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
 #
 setoutput -v on
 mksess -cptype fc -desc FLASHCOPY2 FLASHCOPY2
 lssess -l
 lsvol -l -devtype svc
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:11 -t1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:12 FLASHCOPY2
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:18 -t1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:19 FLASHCOPY2
 lscpset -l FLASHCOPY2
Figure 5-31 SVC FC script

The results of the execution of this script are shown in Example 5-1. Note that we have
formatted the output to fit the page.

Example 5-1 SVC FC script output

sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcfc.txt
IWNR1021I [Jun 18, 2006 1:39:35 PM] Session FLASHCOPY2 was successfully created.
Name       Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
==========================================================================
FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              0 No
FLASHCOPY1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              1 No
Name      ID                        Dev                   Dev Type Vol format LSS/IO Group Vol Type Size   Size Unit
====================================================================================================================
TPCRM1    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:9   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
Vdisk3G2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:8    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
VdiskVI   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:7   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       5.000 GB
TPCRM11   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:6   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
Vdisk5G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:5    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
Vdisk4G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:4    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
Vdisktest SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:3   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM10   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:23 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM9    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:22 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM8    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:21 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM7    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:20 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
Vdisk3G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:2    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM6    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM5    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM14   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:17 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM13   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:16 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM12   SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:15 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM4    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM3    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM2    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:10 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
Vdisk2G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:1    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
Vdisk1G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:0    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
MMVOL3    SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:9 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
MMVOL2    SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:8 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
MMVOL1    SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:7 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
MMVOL4    SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:6 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
FCTEST2   SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:5 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       10.000 GB
FCTEST1   SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:4 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       10.000 GB
LV01      SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:3 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       40.000 GB
LV02      SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:2 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       40.000 GB
TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:11 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:10 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
LV03      SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:1 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       40.000 GB
LV04      SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:0 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       40.000 GB
IWNR2001I [Jun 18, 2006 1:39:37 PM] The pair was successfully created in session FLASHCOPY2 for copy set
SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11(TPCRM3) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12(TPCRM4).
IWNR2001I [Jun 18, 2006 1:39:37 PM] The pair was successfully created in session FLASHCOPY2 for copy set
SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18(TPCRM5) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19(TPCRM6).



     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux                 101
H1 Volume                Session    Volumes
               ===========================================
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 FLASHCOPY2       2
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 FLASHCOPY2       2
               sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI #




               Now that the session is created and has valid copy set, we can start using it.


5.2.3 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI
               To start using a FlashCopy session you previously defined, go to the Sessions panel as
               shown in Figure 5-32.




               Figure 5-32 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session

               Before executing the FlashCopy session needs to be prepared. To prepare a session, select
               the session you want to prepare - in our example FLASHCOPY1. From the pull-down menu,
               select Start and click Go. The selected session will enter in preparing state, as shown in
               Figure 5-33 on page 103.




102   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-33 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Preparing

Once the session is prepared you will see a window similar to Figure 5-34.




Figure 5-34 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Prepared




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   103
Preparing a session will actually create FlashCopy Mappings on the SAN Volume Controller
               for all Copy Sets included in this session. It will also create a FlashCopy Consistency Group
               for those FlashCopy Mappings.

                Important: With a version of SAN Volume Controller Console up to 3.1.0.549 you need to
                restart the TPC for Replication server so it will correctly capture the prepared state. This is
                due to the problem in CIMOM interface on SAN Volume Controller Console.


5.2.4 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using CLI
               In this instance we will prepare a session as part of a single script.

               As you can see in Figure 5-31 on page 101, the script file contains multiple commands to
               display the session status before and after command, and to prepare the session. You can
               see the script in Figure 5-35.


                sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcprepfc.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
                #
                setoutput -v on
                lssess -l FLASHCOPY2
                cmdsess -quiet -action Start FLASHCOPY2
                lssess -l FLASHCOPY2
               Figure 5-35 SVC FC prepare script

               The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-36.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcprepfc.txt
                Name       Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ==========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No
                IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 12:22:56 PM] The runCommand for command Start in
                session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully.
                Name       Status State      Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ===========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Warning Preparing Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
               Figure 5-36 SVC FC prepare script output

               The -quiet option is used to run the script without needing to answer the prompt for execution
               of the prepare command as shown in Figure 5-37 on page 105.




104   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcprepfcnq.txt
            Name       Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
            ==========================================================================
            FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No
            Are you sure you want to start session FLASHCOPY2? [y/n]:y
            IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 12:34:00 PM] The runCommand for command Start in
            session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully.
            Name       Status State      Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
            ===========================================================================
            FLASHCOPY2 Warning Preparing Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
           Figure 5-37 SVC FC prepare script output without -quiet


5.2.5 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the GUI
           To start the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to copy from the Sessions panel
           - in our example FLASHCOPY1. From the pull-down menu select Flash and click Go.

            Tip: The session has to be in prepared state to start Flash command.

           The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-38.




           Figure 5-38 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Target Available

           This means that the target volume, which is in fact a point in time copy of the source volume,
           is available to be used on the host. You can now map this volume to the host using SVC
           Console.

           You can make a point in time copy for the session as many times as you like.


               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   105
Note: You can execute the Flash command directly on an unprepared (defined) session
                and this will cause the session to be prepared before flashing.


5.2.6 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the CLI
               In this instance we will flash a session as part of a single script.

               As you can see in Figure 5-39, the script file contains multiple commands to display the
               session status before and after command the Flash command, and to flash the session.


                sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcflashfc.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
                #
                setoutput -v on
                lssess -l FLASHCOPY2
                cmdsess -quiet -action Flash FLASHCOPY2
                lssess -l FLASHCOPY2
               Figure 5-39 SVC FC flash script

               The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-40.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcflashfc.txt
                Name       Status State     Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ==========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
                IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 12:56:45 PM] The runCommand for command Flash in session
                FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully.
                Name       Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =================================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes         Yes              2 No

               Figure 5-40 SVC FC flash script output

               The -quiet option is used to run script without needing to answer the prompt for execution of
               the prepare command as shown in Figure 5-41.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcflashfcnq.txt     Name
                Status   State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ==========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No           No              2 No
                Are you sure you want to flash session FLASHCOPY2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 1:13:34 PM] The runCommand for command Flash in session
                FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully.
                Name       Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =================================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes          Yes             2 No

               Figure 5-41 SVC FC flash script output without -quiet




106   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
5.2.7 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the GUI
           To terminate the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to terminate from the
           Sessions panel. In our example we selected FLASHCOPY1. From the pull-down menu, select
           Terminate and click Go. The selected session will terminate and enter in defined state as
           shown in Figure 5-42.




           Figure 5-42 TPC for Replication Terminate FlashCopy Session Defined

           A Session can be terminated anytime.

           Terminating a session will actually delete FlashCopy Mappings on the SAN Volume Controller
           for all Copy Sets included in this session. It will also delete a FlashCopy Consistency Group
           for those FlashCopy Mappings.


5.2.8 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the CLI
           In this instance we will terminate a session as part of a single script.

           As you can see in Figure 5-43 on page 108, the script file contains multiple commands to
           display the session status before and after the Terminate command, and to terminate the
           session.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   107
sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svctermfc
                cat: svctermfc: No such file or directory
                sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svctermfc.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
                #
                setoutput -v on
                lssess -l FLASHCOPY2
                cmdsess -quiet -action Terminate FLASHCOPY2
                lssess -l FLASHCOPY2
               Figure 5-43 SVC FC terminate script

               The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-44.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svctermfc.txt
                Name       Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =================================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes         Yes              2 No
                IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 1:10:06 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session
                FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully.
                Name       Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ==========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No

               Figure 5-44 SVC FC terminate script output

               The -quiet option is used to run script without need to answer the prompt for execution of
               prepare command as shown in Figure 5-45.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svctermfcnq.txt
                Name       Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =================================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes         Yes              2 No
                Are you sure you want to terminate session FLASHCOPY2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 1:21:17 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session
                FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully.
                Name       Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ==========================================================================
                FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No

               Figure 5-45 SVC FC terminate script output without -quiet


5.2.9 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
               In this scenario we will set up an SVC based Metro Mirror Single Direction and
               Failover/Failback session with a single volume pair as shown in Figure 5-46 on page 109.




108   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-46 SVC based Metro Mirror setup

The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel as shown in
Figure 5-47.




Figure 5-47 TPC for Replication MM Sessions

This will open a new window where you can add session details such as copy type, as you
can see in Figure 5-48 on page 110.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   109
Figure 5-48 TPC for Replication MM Create Session

               Select your copy type, in our example Metro Mirror Single Direction, and click the Next
               button. The window similar to Figure 5-49 will be displayed.




               Figure 5-49 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Properties




110   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any
           informational text in the Description box. Now click Next, the session will be created and the
           window similar to Figure 5-50 will be displayed.




           Figure 5-50 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Created

           Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process.


5.2.10 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
           Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort
           we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-51 (note that we have
           added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one
           has been created). In this example we will create Metro Mirror Failover/Failback type of a
           session.


            sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat createmmfofbsession.txt
            #
            # This is a script file
            # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R
            #
            setoutput -v on
            mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc MMFOFB1 MMFOFB1
            lssess -l
           Figure 5-51 Add MM session script file

           The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-52 on page 112.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   111
sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createmmfofbsession.txt
                IWNR1021I [Jun 19, 2006 3:50:14 PM] Session MMFOFB1 was successfully created.
                Name       Status   State            Copy type                      Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =======================================================================================================
                MMFOFB1    Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No          No              0 No
                FLASHCOPY2 Normal   Target Available Flash Copy                     Yes         Yes             2 No
                MMSD1      Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Single Direction No           No              0 No
                FLASHCOPY1 Normal   Target Available Flash Copy                     Yes         Yes             1 No

               Figure 5-52 MM session CLI result


5.2.11 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
               Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create copy sets within the session.
               First you need to select the session, in our example MMSD1, to which you want to add copy
               sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu,
               as shown in Figure 5-53.




               Figure 5-53 TPC for Replication MM Add Copy Sets

               Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy
               sets as shown in Figure 5-54 on page 113. In this window we define the source subsystems
               through the Host 1 storage subsystem drop-down menu.




112   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-54 TPC for Replication MM Source SVC

Select your source SAN Volume Controller, in our example we selected
SVC:BOX:172.31.41.3, and the Host 1 IO group pull-down menu will become available as
shown in Figure 5-55 on page 114.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   113
Figure 5-55 TPC for Replication MM Source SVC IO Group

               Select your source SAN Volume Controller IO group, in our example we selected
               SVC:IOGROUP:172.31.41.3:0. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as
               shown in Figure 5-56 on page 115.




114   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-56 TPC for Replication MM SVC Source Volume

Select your source volume, we selected TPCRM_MM1 volume. Once the source volume is
selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions as shown in Figure 5-57.




Figure 5-57 TPC for Replication MM Target SVC


    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   115
Select your target SAN Volume Controller, in our example we selected
               SVC:BOX:172.31.1.117 from the Host 2 storage subsystem pull-down menu. The Host 2 I/O
               group pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-58.

                Note: As you can see in our example local and remote SAN Volume Controllers are
                available for target selection. The reason for this is that Metro Mirror operation can be
                performed within the same SAN Volume Controller cluster or between two SAN Volume
                Controller clusters.




               Figure 5-58 TPC for Replication MM Target SVC IO Group

               Select your target SAN Volume Controller IO group, in our example we selected
               SVC:IOGROUP:172.31.1.117:0 from the Host 2 I/O group. The Host 2 volume pull-down
               menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-59 on page 117.




116   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-59 TPC for Replication MM SVC Target Volume

Select your target volume, in our example we selected TPCRM_MM1 volume.

 Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a Metro Mirror target will be displayed.

Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. The TPC for
Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking
process can be seen in Figure 5-60 on page 118.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   117
Figure 5-60 TPC for Replication MM Volume Match OK

               You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes, so you can proceed by
               clicking the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-61 will be displayed.




               Figure 5-61 TPC for Replication MM Select Copy Set


118   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue, the window similar to
Figure 5-62 will be displayed.




Figure 5-62 TPC for Replication MM Copy Set Confirm

TPC for Replication requires you to confirm your configuration as we can see in Figure 5-62.
From here we just click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-63 on page 120 will
be displayed.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   119
Figure 5-63 TPC for Replication MM Finish Adding Copy Sets

               Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the
               task.


5.2.12 Adding Copy Sets to Metro Mirror Session using CLI
               In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as
               part of a single script.

               As we can see in Figure 5-66 on page 121, the script file contains multiple commands to
               setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the copy set. In this case we have
               pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-64 for source Metro Mirror volumes.


                sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype svc | grep 172.31.41.3 | grep TPCRM_MM
                TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:7   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:34 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:32 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:31 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:25 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB         2.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         1.000   GB
                TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB         1.000   GB

               Figure 5-64 List of possible volumes for MM source

               We have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-65 on page 121 for target
               Metro Mirror volumes.




120   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype svc | grep 172.31.1.117 | grep TPCRM_MM
 TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:21 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0            FB        2.000   GB
 TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:20 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB        2.000   GB
 TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:19 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB        2.000   GB
 TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:18 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB        2.000   GB
 TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:17 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:16 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:15 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:14 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:13 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:12 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:11 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000    GB
 TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:10 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000    GB

Figure 5-65 List of possible volumes for MM target

Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in
Figure 5-66. We have also specified that the Metro Mirror session type is mmfofb or Metro
Mirror Failover/Failback.


 sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcmmfofb.txt
 #
 # This is a script file
 # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
 #
 setoutput -v on
 mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc MMFOFB2 MMFOFB2
 lssess -l
 lsvol -l -devtype svc
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:26 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:14                              MMFOFB2
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:27 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:15                              MMFOFB2
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:28 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:16                              MMFOFB2
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:29 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:17                              MMFOFB2
 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:30 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:18                              MMFOFB2
 lscpset -l MMFOFB2
Figure 5-66 SVC MM script

Invocation of this script results in the output as in Example 5-2.

Example 5-2 SVC MM script output
sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcmmfofb.txt
IWNR1021I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:33 AM] Session MMFOFB2 was successfully created.
Name       Status   State            Copy type                      Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
=======================================================================================================
MMFOFB2    Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No           No             0 No
MMFOFB1    Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No           No             0 No
FLASHCOPY2 Normal   Target Available Flash Copy                     Yes          Yes            2 No
MMSD1      Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Single Direction No            No             1 No
FLASHCOPY1 Normal   Target Available Flash Copy                     Yes          Yes            1 No
Name       ID                        Dev                   Dev Type Vol format LSS/IO Group Vol Type Size   Size Unit
=====================================================================================================================
TPCRM1     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:9   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
Vdisk3G2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:8     2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:7   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM11    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:6   2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
Vdisk5G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:5     2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
Vdisk4G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:4     2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:34 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
ITSO_RM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:33 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC          FIXEDBLK   0            FB       15.000 GB
TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:32 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:31 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
Vdisktest SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:3    2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0            FB       1.000 GB
TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB
TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0            FB       2.000 GB



     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux                     121
TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:25 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               ITSO_RM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:24 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC          FIXEDBLK   0              FB       15.000   GB
               TPCRM10    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:23 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM9     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:22 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM8     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:21 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM7     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:20 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               Vdisk3G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:2      2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM6     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM5     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM14    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:17 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM13    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:16 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM12    SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:15 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC         FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               TPCRM4     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               TPCRM3     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               TPCRM2     SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:10 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC        FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               Vdisk2G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:1      2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               Vdisk1G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:0      2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               MMVOL3     SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:9 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               MMVOL2     SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:8 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               MMVOL1     SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:7 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               MMVOL4     SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:6 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               FCTEST2    SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:5 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       10.000   GB
               FCTEST1    SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:4 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       10.000   GB
               LV01       SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:3 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       40.000   GB
               TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:21 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:20 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               LV02       SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:2 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       40.000   GB
               TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:19 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:18 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:17 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:16 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:15 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:14 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:13 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:12 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC      FIXEDBLK   0              FB       2.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:11 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:10 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       1.000    GB
               LV03       SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:1 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       40.000   GB
               LV04       SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:0 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC       FIXEDBLK   0              FB       40.000   GB
               IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:38 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2   for copy set
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26(TPCRM_MM3) and target
               SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:14(TPCRM_MM3).
               IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:40 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2   for copy set
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27(TPCRM_MM4) and target
               SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:15(TPCRM_MM4).
               IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:43 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2   for copy set
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28(TPCRM_MM5) and target
               SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:16(TPCRM_MM5).
               IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:46 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2   for copy set
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29(TPCRM_MM6) and target
               SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:17(TPCRM_MM6).
               IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:48 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2   for copy set
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30(TPCRM_MM7) and target
               SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:18(TPCRM_MM7).
               H1 Volume                Session Volumes
               ========================================
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 MMFOFB2        2
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 MMFOFB2        2
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 MMFOFB2        2
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 MMFOFB2        2
               SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 MMFOFB2        2


               From the CSMCLI interface we can interrogate the session via the showsess command as
               shown in Figure 5-67 on page 123.




122   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh
            csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
            Name        MMFOFB2
            Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
            State       Defined
            Status      Inactive
            Copy sets   5
            Copying     No
            Recoverable No
            Error count 0
            Description MMFOFB2

            IWNR1500I [Jun 20, 2006 11:15:24 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
            MMFOFB2 completed successfully.


           Figure 5-67 The showsess command

           Now that we have a session with valid Copy Sets, we can start using it.


5.2.13 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI
           To start the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to start from the Sessions
           panel - in our example MMSD1. From the pull-down menu, select Start and click Go, as
           shown in Figure 5-68.




           Figure 5-68 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

           The selected session will enter in preparing state as shown in Figure 5-69 on page 124.



               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   123
Figure 5-69 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Preparing

               After preparation the session will be in prepared state as shown in Figure 5-70.




               Figure 5-70 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Prepared




124   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Once session is prepared this would mean that the initial copy was completed and that copy
           set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will
           be synchronously copied to secondary site.

           You can make use the start session as many times as you like.

            Important: With a version of SAN Volume Controller Console up to 3.1.0.549 you need to
            restart the TPC for Replication server so it will correctly capture the prepared state. This is
            due to a problem in the CIMOM interface on SAN Volume Controller Console.


5.2.14 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI
           In this instance we will start a session using interactive command line interface. In this
           example we will use the Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier.

           We can start session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-71. You can see that
           we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to start the session. To turn this
           function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


            csmcli> cmdsess -action start_h1:h2 MMFOFB2
            Are you sure you want to start_h1:h2 session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y
            IWNR1026I [Jun 20, 2006 2:43:44 PM] The runCommand for command Start H1->H2 in
            session MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
            csmcli>
           Figure 5-71 MM FOFB start session

           When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-72, we discover a Warning
           status. This is due to the fact that the volumes are not yet synchronized.


            csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
            Name        MMFOFB2
            Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
            State       Preparing
            Status      Warning
            Copy sets   5
            Copying     Yes
            Recoverable No
            Error count 0
            Description MMFOFB2

            IWNR1500I [Jun 20, 2006 2:44:35 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
            MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
            csmcli>
           Figure 5-72 MM FOFB show session after start

           Since the synchronization process can take time, you could sign into the SAN Volume
           Controller Console to check the progress. As we can see in Figure 5-73 on page 126, the
           copy is progressing.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   125
Figure 5-73 SVC copy progress

               Once the copy is complete we can re-issue the showsess command. The command output is
               shown in Figure 5-74.


                csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
                Name        MMFOFB2
                Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Prepared
                Status      Normal
                Copy sets   5
                Copying     Yes
                Recoverable Yes
                Error count 0
                Description MMFOFB2

                IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 6:06:13 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-74 MM FOFB session established and synchronized

               Once session is prepared this would mean that the initial copy was completed and that copy
               set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will
               be synchronously copied to secondary site.

               You can make use start session as many times as you like.




126   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
After the session is prepared the following options are available:
              Metro Mirror Single Direction
              – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes
              – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes
              – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes
              – Start H1->H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                secondary location
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session


5.2.15 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI
           To suspend the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to suspend from the
           Sessions panel. We will suspend session MMSD1. From the pull-down, Select Action menu,
           select Suspend, and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-75.




           Figure 5-75 TPC for Replication Suspend Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

           The selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-76 on page 128.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   127
Figure 5-76 TPC for Replication Suspended Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               Suspend action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data consistent point.

               The suspend command can be used anytime during the life span of the session.


5.2.16 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI
               In this instance we will suspend a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier.

               We can suspend session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-77. You can see
               that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to suspend the session. To
               turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


                csmcli> cmdsess -action suspend MMFOFB2
                Are you sure you want to suspend session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 11:19:29 AM] The runCommand for command Suspend in
                session MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
                csmcli>
               Figure 5-77 MM FOFB suspend session

               When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-78 on page 129, we
               discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended.




128   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
csmcli> showses MMFOFB2
 CMMCI9013E Command: showses was not found.
 Tip: Enter "help" for a list of available commands.
 csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
 Name        MMFOFB2
 Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
 State       Suspended
 Status      Severe
 Copy sets   5
 Copying     No
 Recoverable Yes
 Error count 0
 Description MMFOFB2

 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 11:20:07 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
 MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
Figure 5-78 MM FOFB show session after suspend

You can view the status of the consistency groups through the SVC master console as shown
in Figure 5-79.




Figure 5-79 SVC suspended status

As we can see the consistency groups (sessions from TPC for Reapplication perspective) are
in consistent stopped state.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   129
After a session is suspended the following options are available:
                  Metro Mirror Single Direction
                  – Start - this will reestablish copying
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session
                  – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                    copy process
                  Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                  – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session
                  – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                    copy process


5.2.17 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
               To stop the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to stop from the Sessions
               panel. We will stop session MMSD1.

                Note: A session can be terminated anytime.

               From the pull-down Select Action menu, select Stop and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-80.




               Figure 5-80 TPC for Replication Stop Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               Selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-81 on page 131.




130   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-81 TPC for Replication Stopped Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

Stop action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data inconsistent point.

The stop command can be used anytime during the life span of the session.

Stop a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
In this instance we will stop a session using interactive command line interface. In this
example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier.

We can stop session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-82. You can see that
we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to suspend the session. To turn this
function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


 csmcli> cmdsess -action stop MMFOFB2
 Are you sure you want to stop session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y
 IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 1:09:29 PM] The runCommand for command Stop in session
 MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
 csmcli>
Figure 5-82 MM FOFB stop session

When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-83 on page 132, we
discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   131
csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
                Name        MMFOFB2
                Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Suspended
                Status      Severe
                Copy sets   5
                Copying     No
                Recoverable Yes
                Error count 0
                Description MMFOFB2

                IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 1:10:45 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-83 MM FOFB show session after stop

               The status in SAN Volume Controller is shown in Figure 5-84.




               Figure 5-84 SVC stopped status

               As we can see the consistency groups (sessions from TPC for Reapplication perspective) are
               in consistent stopped state.

               After a session is stopped the following options are available:
                  Metro Mirror Single Direction
                  – Start - this will reestablish copying
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session



132   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
– Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                copy process
              Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                copy process

            Attention: In the case where the stop command was used to enter suspended states,
            target volumes are not consistent.


5.2.18 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
           To recover the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to recover from the
           Sessions panel. We will recover session MMSD1.

            Note: You can only recover suspended sessions.

           From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Recover and click Go, as shown in
           Figure 5-85.




           Figure 5-85 TPC for Replication Recover Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

           The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-86 on page 134.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   133
Figure 5-86 TPC for Replication Recovered Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               Once a session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host
               access in consistency state.

                Note: By using recover operation, definitions of consistency groups and metro mirror
                relations on SAN Volume Controller will be deleted.


5.2.19 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
               In this instance we will recover a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we suspended earlier.

               We can recover session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-87. You can see
               that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to recover the session. To turn
               this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


                csmcli> cmdsess -action recover MMFOFB2
                Are you sure you want to recover session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 11:53:00 AM] The runCommand for command Recover in
                session MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-87 MM FOFB recover session

               When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-88 on page 135, we
               discover a normal status. This is due to the fact that session is stopped and target volumes
               are available for host use.




134   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
            Name        MMFOFB2
            Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
            State       Target Available
            Status      Normal
            Copy sets   5
            Copying     No
            Recoverable Yes
            Error count 0
            Description MMFOFB2

            IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 11:53:45 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
            MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-88 MM FOFB show session after recover

           Once a session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host
           access in consistency state.

            Note: By using the recover operation, definitions of consistency groups and Metro Mirror
            relations on SAN Volume Controller will be deleted.

           After session is recovered in target available state the following options are available:
              Metro Mirror Single Direction
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Start H2->H1 - this will reestablish copying in opposite direction, from secondary to
                primary location
              – Start H1->H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                secondary location
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session


5.2.20 Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
           To terminate the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to terminate from the
           Sessions panel. We selected session MMSD1.

            Note: A Session can be terminated anytime.

           From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Terminate and click Go, as shown in
           Figure 5-89 on page 136.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   135
Figure 5-89 TPC for Replication Terminate Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               The selected session will enter in Defined state as shown in Figure 5-90.




               Figure 5-90 TPC for Replication Terminated Metro Mirror Single Direction Session




136   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state,
 definitions of consistency groups and Metro Mirror relation on SVC will be deleted.


Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI
In this instance we will terminate a session using interactive command line interface. In this
example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we recovered earlier.

We can terminate session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-91. You can see
that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to terminate the session. To
turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


 csmcli> cmdsess -action terminate MMFOFB2
 Are you sure you want to terminate session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y
 IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 12:15:49 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in
 session MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
Figure 5-91 MM FOFB terminate session

When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-92, we discover a
inactive status. This is due to the fact that the session is terminated and in defined state.

 csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2
 Name        MMFOFB2
 Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
 State       Defined
 Status      Inactive
 Copy sets   5
 Copying     No
 Recoverable No
 Error count 0
 Description MMFOFB2

 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 12:17:28 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
 MMFOFB2 completed successfully.
Figure 5-92 MM FOFB show session after terminate



 Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state,
 definitions of consistency groups and Metro Mirror relation on SVC will be deleted.

After session is terminated the following options are available:
   Metro Mirror Single Direction
   – Start - this will reestablish copying
   Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
   – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
     secondary location




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   137
5.3 TPC for Replication and ESS 800
               As we have seen in the planning section, the TPC for Replication tool communicates with the
               ESS 800 via CCW protocol. Communication goes directly to both ESS 800 clusters as shown
               in Figure 5-93.




               Figure 5-93 IP connectivity for TPC for Replication and ESS 800

               Within this chapter we will show you how to perform the following using both the GUI and CLI
               interfaces:
                  Add an ESS 800 to your TPC for Replication environment
                  Create and delete ESS 800 Sessions
                  Create and delete ESS 800 Copy Sets
                  Manipulate the created sessions

               Our lab setup can be seen in Figure 5-94.




               Figure 5-94 ITSO Linux Lab setup


5.3.1 Adding the ESS 800 using GUI
               Start your Web browser and sign on to the TPC for Replication server. Once you are signed
               on, select the Storage Subsystems from either the Navigation Menu or the Work Area as
               shown in Figure 5-95.


138   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-95 TPC for Replication Health Overview

The window similar to Figure 5-96 on page 139 will be displayed. Click the Add Subsystem
button to continue.




Figure 5-96 TPC for Replication Storage Subsystems


    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   139
In the panel shown in Figure 5-97 choose the ESS (Enterprise Storage Server) / DS (Data
               Server) radio button and click OK to continue.




               Figure 5-97 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem

               In the panel shown in Figure 5-98, enter the IP address (or the fully qualified name) of the
               ESS clusters as well as the defined user account and password for TPC for Replication’s use.
               Leave port at default value 2433. Click OK to continue.




140   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-98 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem (ESS/DS)

The next window is shown in Figure 5-99 indicating the ESS is connecting.




Figure 5-99 TPC for Replication ESS Subsystem Added




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   141
Once the ESS 800 will be successfully connected this will be shown in the Health Overview
               panel as shown in Figure 5-100.




               Figure 5-100 TPC for Replication ESS Subsystem Connected

               The green checkmark besides Storage Subsystems means that our ESS 800 Subsystem is
               successfully connected.


5.3.2 Adding the ESS 800 using the CLI
               Using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have
               created a script file which can be seen in Figure 5-101


                # cat /tpcrm/addess.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Replication
                #
                setoutput -fmt delim -v on
                adddevice -devtype ESS -ip 9.12.6.29;9.12.6.30 -username tpcadmin;tpcadmin
                lsdevice -devtype ESS
               Figure 5-101 Add ESS Subsystem script

               While we can setup a script to perform this, since the adddevice command requires a
               password, it must be added interactively as can be seen in Figure 5-102.




142   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
# pwd
           /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
           # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addess.txt
           Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin:

           Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin:


          Figure 5-102 Add Subsystem script

          Once the password is entered correctly we see the result as shown in Figure 5-103.


           # pwd
           /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
           # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addess.txt
           Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin:

           Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin:

           IWNH1000I [Sep 2, 2006 1:29:50 AM] The command completed successfully.
           Device ID,Device type
           =====================
           ESS:BOX:UNKNOWN,ESS
          Figure 5-103 CLI result


5.3.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using GUI
          Now that we have a subsystem to use, we can create a session to meet our copy services
          requirements. Remember that a Session is the highest order component. As such, it
          represents a consistency group for all copy sets defined within it.

          In this instance, we will create a FlashCopy Session as we can see in Figure 5-104.




          Figure 5-104 Flashcopy ITSO Linux lab setup



              Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   143
The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel, as shown in
               Figure 5-105.




               Figure 5-105 TPC for Replication Sessions

               This will open a new window where you can add session details such as copy type, as shown
               in Figure 5-106.




               Figure 5-106 TPC for Replication Create Session



144   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Select your copy type, in our example Flash Copy, and click the Next button. The window
similar to Figure 5-107 will be displayed. Type in a meaningful name for the session in the
Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box. Click Next to
create the session.




Figure 5-107 TPC for Replication Create Session Properties

The window in Figure 5-108 will be displayed next. In our case the session was successfully
created.




Figure 5-108 TPC for Replication Session Created

Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process.


    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   145
5.3.4 Adding a FlashCopy Session using CLI
               Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort
               we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-109 (note that we have
               added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one
               has been created).


                # cat createfcsession.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R
                #
                setoutput -v on
                mksess -cptype fc -desc ESS800FC2 ESS800FC2
                lssess -l
               Figure 5-109 Add FC Session script file

               The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-110.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createfcsession.txt
                IWNR1021I [Sep 2, 2006 2:05:20 AM] Session ESS800FC2 was successfully created.
                Name      Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              0 No
                ESS800FC1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              0 No
               Figure 5-110 FC Session CLI result


5.3.5 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI
               Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create copy sets within the session.
               First you need to select the session, in our example ESS800FC1, to which you want to add
               copy sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down
               menu, as shown in Figure 5-111.




146   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-111 TPC for Replication Add Copy Sets

Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy
sets as shown in Figure 5-112. In this window we define the source subsystems via the first
drop-down menu.




Figure 5-112 TPC for Replication Source ESS



    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   147
Select your source ESS 800. In our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Host 1
               logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-113.




               Figure 5-113 TPC for Replication Source ESS LSS

               Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected
               ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as
               shown in Figure 5-114 on page 148.




               Figure 5-114 TPC for Replication ESS Source Volume


148   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Select your source volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 volume.
Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions
as shown in Figure 5-115.




Figure 5-115 TPC for Replication Target ESS

Select your target ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Target 1
logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-116.

 Note: As you can see in our example only one ESS 800 is available for target selection.
 The reason for this is that FlashCopy operation can only be performed within the same
 ESS 800.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   149
Figure 5-116 TPC for Replication Target ESS LSS

               Select your target ESS LSS, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12. The
               Target 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-117 on
               page 150.




               Figure 5-117 TPC for Replication ESS Target Volume

               Select your target volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 volume.


150   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a FlashCopy target will be displayed.

Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. The TPC for
Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking
process can be seen in Figure 5-118 on page 151.




Figure 5-118 TPC for Replication Volume Match OK

You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes, so you can proceed by
clicking the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-119 will be displayed.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   151
Figure 5-119 TPC for Replication Select Copy Set

               The Copy Set is preselected. Click Next to continue and a window similar to Figure 5-120 will
               be displayed.




               Figure 5-120 TPC for Replication Copy Set Confirm




152   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
TPC for Replication requires you confirm your configuration as shown in Figure 5-120. From
          here we just click the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-121 will be displayed.




          Figure 5-121 TPC for Replication Finish Adding Copy Sets

          Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the
          task.


5.3.6 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI
          In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as
          part of a single script.

          As we can see in Figure 5-123, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the
          session and the volume pairs as part of the Copy Set. In this case we have pre-determined
          the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-122.




              Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   153
# ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB

               Figure 5-122 List of possible volumes

               Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in
               Figure 5-123.


                # cat essfc.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
                #
                setoutput -v on
                mksess -cptype fc -desc ESS800FC2 ESS800FC2
                lssess -l
                lsvol -l -devtype ess
                mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 -t1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS800FC2
                mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B -t1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS800FC2
                lscpset -l ESS800FC2
               Figure 5-123 ESS FC script

               The result of the execution of this script is shown in Example 5-1 on page 101. Note that we
               have formatted the output to fit the page.

               Example 5-3 ESS FC script output

               # pwd
               /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
               # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essfc.txt
               IWNR1021I [Sep 2, 2006 2:51:42 AM] Session ESS800FC2 was successfully created.
               Name      Status   State    Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
               =========================================================================
               ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              0 No
               ESS800FC1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              0 No
               Name                     ID                     Dev            Dev Type Vol format LSS/IO Group Vol Type Size Size
               Unit
               =====================================================================================================================
               ===


154   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       9.313   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM ESS      FIXEDBLK   12           FB       4.657   GB
          IWNR2001I [Sep 2, 2006 2:51:50 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FC2 for copy set
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207.
          IWNR2001I [Sep 2, 2006 2:51:51 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FC2 for copy set
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C.
          H1 Volume               Session   Volumes
          =========================================
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS800FC2       2
          ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS800FC2       2




          Now that the session is created and has valid Copy Set, we can start using it.


5.3.7 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI
          To start using a FlashCopy session that you previously defined, go to the Sessions panel, as
          shown in Figure 5-124 on page 156.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux                   155
Figure 5-124 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session

               Before executing the FlashCopy session it needs to be Prepared. To prepare a session,
               select the session you want to prepare, in our example ESS800FC1. From the pull-down
               menu select Start and click Go. The selected session will enter into preparing state. Once the
               session is Prepared you will see window similar to Figure 5-125 on page 157.




156   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-125 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Prepared


5.3.8 Preparing FlashCopy Session using CLI
          In this instance we will prepare a session as part of a single script.

          As you can see in Figure 5-31 on page 101, the script file contains multiple commands to
          display the session status before and after the Start command, and to prepare the session.
          The script is shown in Figure 5-126.


           # cat essprepfc.txt
           #
           # This is a script file
           # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
           #
           setoutput -v on
           lssess -l ESS800FC2
           cmdsess -quiet -action Start ESS800FC2
           lssess -l ESS800FC2
          Figure 5-126 ESS FC prepare script

          The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-127 on page 158.




              Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   157
# pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essprepfc.txt
                Name      Status   State   Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No
                IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:10:50 AM] The runCommand for command Start in session
                ESS800FC2 completed successfully.
                Name      Status State     Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
               Figure 5-127 ESS FC prepare script output

               The -quiet option is used to run script without needing to answer to the execution of prepare
               command as shown in Figure 5-128.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essprepfcnq.txt
                Name      Status State     Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
                Are you sure you want to start session ESS800FC2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:13:34 AM] The runCommand for command Start in session
                ESS800FC2 completed successfully.
                Name      Status State     Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
               Figure 5-128 ESS FC prepare script output without -quiet


5.3.9 Starting a FlashCopy Session using GUI
               To start the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to copy, from the Sessions
               panel. We selected ESS800FC1. From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Flash and
               click Go.

                Tip: The session has to be in Prepared state to start the Flash command.

                The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-129 on
               page 159.




158   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-129 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Target Available

           This means that now the target volume, which is in fact a point in time copy of the source
           volume, is available to be used on the host. You can now map this volume to the host using
           ESS Storwatch Specialist.

           You can make a point in time copy for the session as many times as you like.

            Note: You can execute the Flash command directly on unprepared (defined) session and
            this will case the session to be Prepared before flashing.


5.3.10 Starting a FlashCopy Session using CLI
           In this instance we will flash a session as part of a single script.

           The script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after the
           Flash command, and to flash the session. You can see the script in Figure 5-130.


            # cat essflashfc.txt
            #
            # This is a script file
            # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
            #
            setoutput -v on
            lssess -l ESS800FC2
            cmdsess -quiet -action Flash ESS800FC2
            lssess -l ESS800FC2
           Figure 5-130 ESS FC flash script


               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   159
The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-131.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essflashfc.txt
                Name      Status State     Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
                IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:22:04 AM] The runCommand for command Flash in session ESS800FC2
                completed successfully.
                Name      Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ================================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes         Yes             2 No

               Figure 5-131 ESS FC flash script output

               The -quiet option is used to run script without needing to answer the prompt for execution of
               the Flash command as shown in Figure 5-132.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essflashfcnq.txt
                Name      Status State     Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No          Yes             2 No
                Are you sure you want to flash session ESS800FC2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:24:28 AM] The runCommand for command Flash in session ESS800FC2
                completed successfully.
                Name      Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ================================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes          Yes            2 No

               Figure 5-132 ESS FC flash script output without -quiet


5.3.11 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using GUI
               To terminate the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to terminate from the
               Sessions panel. We selected ESS800FC1. From the pull-down menu, select Terminate and
               click Go. The selected session will terminate and enter in defined state, as shown in
               Figure 5-133 on page 161.




160   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-133 TPC for Replication Terminate FlashCopy Session Defined

          The session can be terminated anytime. Terminating a session will actually terminate copy
          relationships on ESS.


5.3.12 Terminating FlashCopy Session using CLI
          In this instance we will terminate a session as part of a single script.

          The script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after the
          Terminate command, and to terminate the session. You can see the script in Figure 5-134.


           # cat esstermfc.txt
           #
           # This is a script file
           # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
           #
           setoutput -v on
           lssess -l ESS800FC2
           cmdsess -quiet -action Terminate ESS800FC2
           lssess -l ESS800FC2
          Figure 5-134 ESS FC terminate script

          The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-135 on page 162.




              Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   161
# pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/esstermfc.txt
                Name      Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ================================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes         Yes             2 No
                IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:31:00 AM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session
                ESS800FC2 completed successfully.
                Name      Status   State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No

               Figure 5-135 ESS FC terminate script output

               The -quiet option is used to run the script without needing to answer the prompt for execution
               of the Terminate command as shown in Figure 5-136.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/esstermfcnq.txt
                Name      Status State            Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ================================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes         Yes             2 No
                Are you sure you want to terminate session ESS800FC2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:33:02 AM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session
                ESS800FC2 completed successfully.
                Name      Status   State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                =========================================================================
                ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No          No              2 No

               Figure 5-136 ESS FC terminate script output without -quiet


5.3.13 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
               In this instance we will set up an ESS based Metro Mirror Single Direction and
               Failover/Failback session with a single volume pair as can be seen in Figure 5-137. In our
               example we used the Metro Mirror function inside ESS 800.




               Figure 5-137 ESS based Metro Mirror setup



162   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel, as shown in
Figure 5-138.




Figure 5-138 TPC for Replication Sessions

This will open a new panel where you can add session details such as copy type, as you can
see in Figure 5-139.




Figure 5-139 TPC for Replication MM Create Session



    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   163
Select your copy type, in our example Metro Mirror Single Direction, and click the Next
               button. The window similar to Figure 5-140 will be displayed. Type in a meaningful name for
               the session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description
               box.Click Next to continue.




               Figure 5-140 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Properties

               The session will be created and the window similar to Figure 5-141 will be displayed.




               Figure 5-141 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Created

               Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process.



164   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Adding a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
           Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort
           we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-142. Note that we have
           added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one
           has been created. In this example we will create Metro Mirror Failover/Failback type of a
           session.


            # cat createmmfofbsession.txt
            #
            # This is a script file
            # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R
            #
            setoutput -v on
            mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc ESS800MMFB1 ESS800MMFB1
            lssess -l
           Figure 5-142 Add MM session script file

           The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-143.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createmmfofbsession.txt
            IWNR1021I [Sep 3, 2006 2:54:21 AM] Session ESS800MMFB1 was successfully created.
            Name        Status   State            Copy type                      Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
            ========================================================================================================
            ESS800FC1   Normal   Target Available Flash Copy                     Yes         No              1 No
            ESS800MMSD1 Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Single Direction No           No              0 No
            ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No          No              0 No

           Figure 5-143 MM session CLI result


5.3.14 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session
           Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create Copy Sets within the session.
           First you need to select the session, in our example ESS800MMSD1, to which you want to
           add Copy Sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the
           drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 5-144 on page 166.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux              165
Figure 5-144 TPC for Replication MM Add Copy Sets

               Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy
               sets as shown in Figure 5-145. In this window we define the source subsystems via the Select
               Action drop-down menu.




               Figure 5-145 TPC for Replication MM Source ESS



166   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Select your source ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Host 1
logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-146.




Figure 5-146 TPC for Replication MM Source ESS LSS

Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS). In our example we selected
ESS:2105.22513:LSS:11. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as
shown in Figure 5-147.




Figure 5-147 TPC for Replication MM ESS Source Volume


    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   167
Select your source volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 volume.
               Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions
               as shown in Figure 5-148.




               Figure 5-148 TPC for Replication MM Target ESS

               Select your source ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Host 2
               logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-149.

                Note: As you can see in our example only local ESS 800 is available for target selection,
                as we only have setup for Metro Mirror inside ESS 800. The Metro Mirror operation can be
                performed within the same ESS 800 or between two ESS 800s.




168   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-149 TPC for Replication MM Target ESS LSS

Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected
ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12. The Host 2 volume pull-down menu will become available as
shown in Figure 5-150.




Figure 5-150 TPC for Replication MM ESS Target Volume

Select your target volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 volume.



    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   169
Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a Metro Mirror target will be displayed.

               Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. The TPC for
               Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking
               process can be seen in Figure 5-151.




               Figure 5-151 TPC for Replication MM Volume Match OK

               You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes, so you can proceed by
               clicking the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-152 will be displayed.




170   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-152 TPC for Replication MM Select Copy Set

The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue. A window similar to Figure 5-153
will be displayed.




Figure 5-153 TPC for Replication MM Copy Set Confirm




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   171
TPC for Replication requires you confirm your configuration as we can see in Figure 5-153.
               From here we just click the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-154 will be displayed.




               Figure 5-154 TPC for Replication MM Finish Adding Copy Sets

               Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the
               task.


5.3.15 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
               In this scenario we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as
               part of a single script.

               As we can see in Figure 5-157 on page 174, the script file contains multiple commands to
               setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the Copy Set. In this case we have
               pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-155 for source Metro Mirror volumes,




172   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
# pwd
 /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
 # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:11
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB

Figure 5-155 List of possible volumes for MM source

Figure 5-156 shows the target Metro Mirror volumes.


 # pwd
 /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
 # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB

Figure 5-156 List of possible volumes for MM target

Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in
Figure 5-157. We have also specified that the Metro Mirror session type is mmfofb or Metro
Mirror Failover/Failback.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux       173
# cat essmmfofb.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
                #
                setoutput -v on
                mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc ESS800FOFB2 ESS800FOFB2
                lssess -l
                #lsvol -l -devtype ess
                mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS800FOFB2
                mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS800FOFB2
                lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2
               Figure 5-157 ESS MM script

               Invocation of this script results in the output as in Example 5-4.

               Example 5-4 ESS MM script output
               # pwd
               /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
               # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essmmfofb.txt
               IWNR1021I [Sep 4, 2006 2:08:24 AM] Session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully created.
               Name        Status   State            Copy type                      Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
               ========================================================================================================
               ESS800FOFB2 Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No          No              0 No
               ESS800FC1   Normal   Target Available Flash Copy                     Yes         No              1 No
               ESS800MMSD1 Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Single Direction No           No              1 No
               ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined          Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No          No              0 No
               IWNR2001I [Sep 4, 2006 2:08:26 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FOFB2 for copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D.
               IWNR2001I [Sep 4, 2006 2:08:27 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FOFB2 for copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A.
               H1 Volume               Session     Volumes
               ===========================================
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2        2
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2        2


               From the CSMCLI interface we can interrogate the session via the showsess command as
               shown in Figure 5-158.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh
                csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
                Name        ESS800FOFB2
                Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Defined
                Status      Inactive
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     No
                Recoverable No
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800FOFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 2:10:31 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-158 The showsess command




174   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Now that we have a session with valid Copy Sets, we can start using it.


5.3.16 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI
           To start the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to start from the Sessions
           panel - in our example MMSD1. From the pull-down menu, select Start and click Go, as
           shown in Figure 5-159.




           Figure 5-159 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

           The selected session will enter in preparing state as shown in Figure 5-160.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   175
Figure 5-160 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Preparing

               Note that the status for the Start command will appear as Failure, however, in this case, it
               does not mean that the session failed to start. The session started, but the Failure is
               indicating that the heartbeat function is not supported for the ESS 800. You can see the
               details about the outcome of the commands you run by clicking on the Open Console
               hyperlink next to the status on top of the main page. You can also access the console logs by
               clicking Console under the My Work menu as described in 6.8, “TPC for Replication logging”
               on page 222.

               After preparation the session will be in prepared state as shown in Figure 5-161 on page 177.




176   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-161 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Prepared

           Once the session is prepared this would mean that the initial copy was completed and that
           copy set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site
           will be synchronously copied to secondary site.

           You can make use Start session as many times as you like.


5.3.17 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI
           In this instance we will start a session using interactive command line interface. In this
           example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier.

           We can start session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-162. You can see that
           we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our intent to start the session. To turn this
           function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh
            csmcli> cmdsess -action start_h1:h2 ESS800FOFB2
            Are you sure you want to start_h1:h2 session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
            IWNC0003E [Sep 4, 2006 4:27:39 AM] Command failed; message text for IWNR1027E
            was not found.
           Figure 5-162 MM FOFB start session

           When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-163 on page 178, we discover
           a warning status. This is due to the fact that the volumes are not yet synchronized.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   177
csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
                Name        ESS800FOFB2
                Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Preparing
                Status      Warning
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     Yes
                Recoverable No
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800FOFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 4:27:48 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-163 MM FOFB show session after start

               Since the synchronization process can take time, you could sign into the ESS Storwatch
               Specialist - Copy Services to check the progress. As we can see in Figure 5-164, the copy is
               progressing.




               Figure 5-164 ESS copy progress

               Once the copy is complete we re-issue the showsess command and find the results as shown
               in Figure 5-165 on page 179.




178   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
            Name        ESS800FOFB2
            Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
            State       Prepared
            Status      Normal
            Copy sets   2
            Copying     Yes
            Recoverable Yes
            Error count 0
            Description ESS800FOFB2

            IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 4:35:46 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
            ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-165 MM FOFB session established and synchronized

           Once the session is prepared this means that the initial copy was completed and that copy
           set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will
           be synchronously copied to secondary site.

           You can make use start session as many times as you like.

           After session is prepared the following options are available:
              Metro Mirror Single Direction
              – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes
              – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes
              – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes
              – Start H1- → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                secondary location
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session


5.3.18 Suspending a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
           To suspend the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to suspend from the
           Sessions panel - in our example ESS800MMSD1. From the Select Action pull-down menu,
           select Suspend and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-166 on page 180.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   179
Figure 5-166 TPC for Replication Suspend Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               The selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-167.




               Figure 5-167 TPC for Replication Suspended Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               Suspend action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data consistent point.



180   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
The Suspend command can be used anytime during the life span of the session.

Suspending Metro Mirror Session using CLI
In this instance we will suspend a session using interactive command line interface. In this
example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier.

We can suspend the session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-168. You can
see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to suspend the session.
To turn this function off, you need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


 # pwd
 /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
 # ./csmcli.sh
 csmcli> cmdsess -action suspend ESS800FOFB2
 Are you sure you want to suspend session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
 IWNR1026I [Sep 4, 2006 6:18:50 AM] The runCommand for command Suspend in
 session ESS800FOFB2, ESS800MMSD1 completed successfully.
Figure 5-168 MM FOFB suspend session

When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-169, we discover a severe
status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended.


 csmcli> showses ESS800FOFB2
 CMMCI9013E Command: showses was not found.
 Tip: Enter "help" for a list of available commands.
 csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
 Name        ESS800FOFB2
 Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
 State       Suspended
 Status      Severe
 Copy sets   2
 Copying     No
 Recoverable Yes
 Error count 0
 Description ESS800FOFB2

 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:19:59 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
 ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
Figure 5-169 MM FOFB show session after suspend

The status in ESS Storwatch Specialist - Copy Services is shown in Figure 5-170 on
page 182.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   181
Figure 5-170 ESS suspended status

               As we can see that all volumes (members of copy sets from TPC for Replication perspective)
               are in suspended state.

               After session is suspended the following options are available:
                  Metro Mirror Single Direction
                  – Start - this will reestablish copying
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session
                  – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                    copy process
                  Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                  – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session
                  – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                    copy process


5.3.19 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
               To stop the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to stop from the Sessions
               panel. In our example the session is ESS800MMSD1. From the pull-down menu, select Stop
               and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-171 on page 183.




182   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-171 TPC for Replication Stop Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

The selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-172.




Figure 5-172 TPC for Replication Stopped Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

The Stop action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data inconsistent
point.


    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   183
The Stop command can be used anytime during the life span of the session.


5.3.20 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
               In this instance we will stop a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier.

               We can stop session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-173. You can see that
               we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to suspend the session. To turn this
               function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh
                csmcli> cmdsess -action stop ESS800FOFB2
                Are you sure you want to stop session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Sep 4, 2006 6:35:16 AM] The runCommand for command Stop in session
                ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-173 MM FOFB stop session

               When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-174, we discover a severe
               status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended.


                csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
                Name        ESS800FOFB2
                Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Suspended
                Status      Severe
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     No
                Recoverable No
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800FOFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:36:07 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-174 MM FOFB show session after stop

               The status in ESS Storwatch Specialist - Copy Services is shown in Figure 5-175 on
               page 185.




184   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-175 ESS stopped status

           As we can see that all volumes (members of copy sets from TPC for Replication perspective)
           are in suspended state.

           After the session is stopped the following options are available:
              Metro Mirror Single Direction
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                copy process
              Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                copy process

            Attention: In case the Stop command was used to enter suspended states, target
            volumes are not consistent.


5.3.21 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
           To recover the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to recover from the
           Sessions panel - in our example ESS800MMSD1.

            Note: You can only recover suspended session. Suspended state is achieved by
            suspending session (consistent targets) or stopping session (inconsistent targets).

           From the pull-down menu, select Recover and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-176 on
           page 186.



               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   185
Figure 5-176 TPC for Replication Recover Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-177.




               Figure 5-177 TPC for Replication Recovered Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               Once session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access
               in consistency state.




186   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Note: By using recover operation, target volume on ESS 800 will become source volume.


5.3.22 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
           In this instance we will recover a session using interactive command line interface. In this
           example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we suspended earlier.

           We can recover session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-178. You can see
           that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to Recover the session. To
           turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh
            csmcli> cmdsess -action recover ESS800FOFB2
            Are you sure you want to recover session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
           Figure 5-178 MM FOFB recover session

           When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-179, we discover a
           normal status. This is due to the fact that session is stopped and target volumes are available
           for host use.


            csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
            Name        ESS800FOFB2
            Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
            State       Target Available
            Status      Severe
            Copy sets   2
            Copying     No
            Recoverable No
            Error count 0
            Description ESS800FOFB2

            IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:50:38 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
            ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-179 MM FOFB show session after recover

           Once session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access
           in consistency state.

            Note: By using recover operation, target volume on ESS 800 will become source volume.

           After session is recovered in target available state the following options are available:
              Metro Mirror Single Direction
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   187
Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                  – Start H2 → H1 - this will reestablish copying in opposite direction, from secondary to
                    primary location
                  – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                    secondary location
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session


5.3.23 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using GUI
               To terminate the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to terminate from the
               Sessions panel - in our example ESS800MMSD1.

                Note: The session can be terminated anytime.

               From the pull-down menu, select Terminate from the Select Action pull-down menu and click
               Go, as shown in Figure 5-180.




               Figure 5-180 TPC for Replication Terminate Metro Mirror Single Direction Session

               The selected session will enter in defined state as shown in Figure 5-181 on page 189.




188   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-181 TPC for Replication Terminated Metro Mirror Single Direction Session



            Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state,
            PPRC relationships will be terminated.


5.3.24 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using CLI
           In this instance we will terminate a session using interactive command line interface. In this
           example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we recovered earlier.

           We can terminate session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-182. You can see
           that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To
           turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh
            csmcli> cmdsess -action terminate ESS800FOFB2
            Are you sure you want to terminate session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
            IWNR1026I [Sep 4, 2006 6:58:09 AM] The runCommand for command Terminate in
            session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-182 MM FOFB terminate session

           When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190, we
           discover an inactive status. This is due to the fact that session is terminated and in defined
           state.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   189
csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2
                Name        ESS800FOFB2
                Type        Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Defined
                Status      Inactive
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     No
                Recoverable No
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800FOFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:58:51 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-183 MM FOFB show session after terminate



                Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state,
                PPRC relationships will be terminated.

               After session is terminated the following options are available:
                  Metro Mirror Single Direction
                  – Start - this will reestablish copying
                  Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
                  – Start H1- → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                    secondary location


5.3.25 Adding a Global Mirror Session using GUI
               In this instance we will set up an ESS based Global Mirror Single Direction and
               Failover/Failback session with a single volume pair as can be seen in Figure 5-184. In our
               example we used Global Mirror function inside ESS 800.




               Figure 5-184 ESS based Global Mirror setup



190   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel as shown in
Figure 5-185.




Figure 5-185 TPC for Replication Sessions

This will open a new window where you can select session details such as copy type, as
shown in Figure 5-186. Select your copy type, in our example Global Mirror Single Direction
and click the Next button.




Figure 5-186 TPC for Replication GM Create Session


    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   191
The window similar to Figure 5-187 will be displayed. Type in a meaningful name for the
               session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box.
               Click Next to continue.




               Figure 5-187 TPC for Replication GM Create Session Properties

               The session will be created and a window similar to Figure 5-188 will be displayed.




               Figure 5-188 TPC for Replication GM Create Session Created

               Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process.




192   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
5.3.26 Adding a Global Mirror Session using CLI
           Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort
           we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-189 (note that we have
           added a list session command lssess -l to display the defined sessions once our new one
           has been created). In this example we will create Global Mirror Failover/Failback type of a
           session.


            # cat creategmfofbsession.txt
            #
            # This is a script file
            # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R
            #
            setoutput -v on
            mksess -cptype gmfofb -desc ESS800GMFB1 ESS800GMFB1
            lssess -l
           Figure 5-189 Add GM session script file

           The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-190.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/creategmfofbsession.txt
            IWNR1021I [Sep 6, 2006 2:29:13 AM] Session ESS800GMFB1 was successfully created.
            Name        Status   State    Copy type                       Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
            =================================================================================================
            ESS800GMSD1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Single Direction No            No              0 No
            ESS800FC1   Inactive Defined Flash Copy                       No          No              0 No
            ESS800MMSD1 Normal   Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction   Yes         Yes             1 No
            ESS800GMFB1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover/Failback No           No              0 No
            ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No            No              0 No

           Figure 5-190 GM session CLI result


5.3.27 Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using GUI
           To add copy sets to Global Mirror Single Direction session follow the steps shown in 5.3.14,
           “Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session” on page 165 until step Choose Journal 2. The
           subsequent steps are explained further on.

           Linux GUI
           In the Choose Journal 2 step you need to select journal volume. In this window we define
           the journal subsystems via the first drop-down menu as shown in Figure 5-191 on page 194.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux       193
Figure 5-191 TPC for Replication GM Journal Source ESS

               First select your journal ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513, and
               Journal 2 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in
               Figure 5-192.




               Figure 5-192 TPC for Replication GM Journal Source ESS LSS


194   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Select your journal ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected
           ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12, and Journal 2 volume pull-down menu will become available as
           shown in Figure 5-193.




           Figure 5-193 TPC for Replication GM ESS Journal Source Volume

           Select your journal volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 volume.
           Once the journal volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed. The TPC for
           Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. The ongoing
           steps are described in 5.2.11, “Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using GUI” on
           page 112 from the Volume Match window.


5.3.28 Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using CLI
           In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as
           part of a single script.

           As we can see in Figure 5-197 on page 197, the script file contains multiple commands to
           setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the copy set. In this case we have
           pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-194 on page 196 for source Global
           Mirror volumes.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   195
# pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:11
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   11   FB   9.313   GB

               Figure 5-194 List of possible volumes for GM source

               Figure 5-195 shows target Global Mirror volumes.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   9.313   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM   ESS   FIXEDBLK   12   FB   4.657   GB

               Figure 5-195 List of possible volumes for GM target

               Figure 5-196 on page 197 shows possible journal Global Mirror volumes.




196   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
# pwd
 /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
 # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   9.313   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM   ESS    FIXEDBLK   12              FB   4.657   GB

Figure 5-196 List of possible volumes for GM journal

Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in
Figure 5-197. We have also specified that the Global Mirror session type is gmfofb or Global
Mirror Failover/Failback.


 # cat essgmfofb.txt
 #
 # This is a script file
 # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
 #
 setoutput -v on
 mksess -cptype gmfofb -desc ESS800GMFB2 ESS800GMFB2
 lssess -l
 #lsvol -l -devtype ess
 mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D -j2
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS800GMFB2
 mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A -j2
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS800GMFB2
 lscpset -l ESS800GMFB2
Figure 5-197 ESS GM script

Invocation of this script results in the output, as in Example 5-5.

Example 5-5 ESS GM script output
# pwd
/opt/IBM/TPC-RM
# ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essgmfofb.txt
IWNR1021I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:27 PM] Session ESS800GMFB2 was successfully created.
Name        Status   State    Copy type                       Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
=================================================================================================


     Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux                  197
ESS800GMSD1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Single Direction No            No              1 No
               ESS800FC1   Inactive Defined Flash Copy                       No          No              0 No
               ESS800GMFB2 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover/Failback No           No              0 No
               ESS800MMSD1 Normal   Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction   Yes         Yes             1 No
               ESS800GMFB1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover/Failback No           No              0 No
               ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No            No              0 No
               IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:28 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for   copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C.
               IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:28 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for   copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D.
               IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:28 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for   copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C.
               IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:29 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for   copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B.
               IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:29 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for   copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A.
               IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:29 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for   copy set
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B.
               H1 Volume               Session     Volumes
               ===========================================
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800GMFB2       3
               ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800GMFB2       3


               From the CSMCLI interface we can interrogate the session via the showsess command, as
               shown in Figure 5-198.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh
                csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2
                Name        ESS800GMFB2
                Type        Global Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Defined
                Status      Inactive
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     No
                Recoverable No
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800GMFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 10:06:53 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-198 The showsess command

               Now that we have a session with valid copy sets, we can start using it.


5.3.29 Starting a Global Mirror Session

               Linux GUI
               To start the Global Mirror process follow the steps from 5.2.13, “Starting a Metro Mirror
               Session using the GUI” on page 123.

               Linux CLI
               In this instance we will start a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Global Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier.

               We can start the session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-199 on page 199.
               You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to start the



198   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the
command.


 # pwd
 /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
 # ./csmcli.sh
 csmcli> cmdsess -action start_h1:h2 ESS800GMFB2
 Are you sure you want to start_h1:h2 session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y
 IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 10:23:39 PM] The runCommand for command Start H1->H2 in
 session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.


Figure 5-199 GM FOFB start session

When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-200, we discover a prepared
status.


 csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2
 Name        ESS800GMFB2
 Type        Global Mirror Failover/Failback
 State       Prepared
 Status      Normal
 Copy sets   2
 Copying     Yes
 Recoverable Yes
 Error count 0
 Description ESS800GMFB2

 IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 10:26:26 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
 ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
Figure 5-200 GM FOFB show session after start

You can check the status of the copy set volumes by signing into the ESS Storwatch
Specialist - Copy Services as shown in Figure 5-201.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   199
Figure 5-201 ESS Copy Services view



                Note: At this time you can only start one Global Mirror session at once.

               You can make use start session as many times as you like.

               After session is prepared the following options are available:
                  Global Mirror Single Direction
                  – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes
                  – Start - this will reestablish copying
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session
                  Global Mirror Failover/Failback
                  – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes
                  – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                    secondary location
                  – Terminate - this will terminate the session


5.3.30 Suspending a Global Mirror Session

               Linux GUI
               To suspend the Metro Mirror process follow the steps from 5.2.15, “Suspend a Metro Mirror
               Session using the GUI” on page 127.

               Linux CLI
               In this instance we will suspend a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Global Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier.




200   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
We can suspend session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-202. You can see
           that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to suspend the session. To
           turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh
            csmcli> cmdsess -action suspend ESS800GMFB2
            Are you sure you want to suspend session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y
            IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 11:08:33 PM] The runCommand for command Suspend in
            session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-202 GM FOFB suspend session

           When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-203 on page 201, we discover
           a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended.


            csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2
            Name        ESS800GMFB2
            Type        Global Mirror Failover/Failback
            State       Suspended
            Status      Severe
            Copy sets   2
            Copying     Yes
            Recoverable Yes
            Error count 0
            Description ESS800GMFB2

            IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 11:10:22 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
            ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-203 GM FOFB show session after suspend

           After session is suspended the following options are available:
              Global Mirror Single Direction
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                copy process
              Global Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Start H1->H2 - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the
                copy process


5.3.31 Recovering a Global Mirror Session
           In this section we discuss how to recover a Global Mirror Session for both GUI and CLI.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   201
Linux GUI
               To recover the Global Mirror process follow the steps from 5.3.21, “Recovering a Metro Mirror
               Session using GUI” on page 185.

                Note: You can only recover suspended session. Suspended state is achieved by
                suspending session (consistent targets).

                By using the recover operation, the target volume on ESS 800 will become source volume.


               Linux CLI
               In this instance we will recover a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Global Mirror Failover/Failback session we suspended earlier.

               We can recover session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-204 on page 202.
               You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to recover the
               session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the
               command.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh
                csmcli> cmdsess -action recover ESS800GMFB2
                Are you sure you want to recover session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 11:40:22 PM] The runCommand for command Recover in
                session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-204 GM FOFB recover session

               When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-205, we discover a
               normal status. This is due to the fact that session is stopped and target volumes are available
               for host use.


                csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2
                Name        ESS800GMFB2
                Type        Global Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Target Available
                Status      Normal
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     Yes
                Recoverable Yes
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800GMFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 11:41:57 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-205 GM FOFB show session after recover

               Once session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access
               in consistency state.

                Note: By using recover operation, the target volume on ESS 800 will become the source
                volume.


202   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
After a session is recovered in target available state the following options are available:
              Metro Mirror Single Direction
              – Start - this will reestablish copying
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session
              Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
              – Start H2 → H1 - this will reestablish copying in opposite direction, from secondary to
                primary location
              – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                secondary location
              – Terminate - this will terminate the session


5.3.32 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session
           In this section we discuss how to terminate a Global Mirror Session through the Linux GUI
           and CLI.

           Linux GUI
           To terminate the Metro Mirror process follow the steps from 5.2.20, “Terminate a Metro Mirror
           Session using GUI” on page 135.

            Note: Session can be terminated anytime.


           Linux CLI
           In this instance we will terminate a session using the interactive command line interface. In
           this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we recovered earlier.

           We can terminate session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-206. You can see
           that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To
           turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


            # pwd
            /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
            # ./csmcli.sh
            csmcli> cmdsess -action terminate ESS800GMFB2
            Are you sure you want to terminate session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y
            IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 11:49:20 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in
            session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
           Figure 5-206 GM FOFB terminate session

           When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190, we
           discover an inactive status. This is due to the fact that session is terminated and in defined
           state.




               Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   203
csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2
                Name        ESS800GMFB2
                Type        Global Mirror Failover/Failback
                State       Defined
                Status      Inactive
                Copy sets   2
                Copying     No
                Recoverable No
                Error count 0
                Description ESS800GMFB2

                IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 11:50:09 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session
                ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully.
               Figure 5-207 GM FOFB show session after terminate



                Note: By using the terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state,
                PPRC and FlashCopy relationships will be terminated.

               After session is terminated the following options are available:
                  Global Mirror Single Direction
                  – Start - this will reestablish copying
                  Global Mirror Failover/Failback
                  – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to
                    secondary location


5.3.33 Removing Copy Sets
               In this section we discuss how to remove a Global Mirror Session through the Linux GUI and
               CLI.

               Linux GUI
               A Session can have one or more copy sets. To remove a copy set you need to select the
               session, in our example ESS800FC1, from which you want to remove copy sets. From the
               Sessions panel, select the Remove Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu as shown in
               Figure 5-208.




204   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-208 TPC for Replication Remove Copy Sets

Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define which
Copy Sets you want to remove as shown in Figure 5-209. In this window we define the source
subsystems via the Select Action drop-down menu.




Figure 5-209 TPC for Replication Source ESS



    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   205
Select your source ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513, and Host 1
               logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-210.




               Figure 5-210 TPC for Replication Source ESS LSS

               Only ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS) of the volumes from defined copy sets will be displayed.
               Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected
               ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12, and Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as
               shown in Figure 5-211.




               Figure 5-211 TPC for Replication ESS Source Volume


206   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Only source volumes from defined copy sets will be displayed. Select your source volume, in
our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 volume. Once the source volume is
selected, click the Next button to proceed to the copy set selection. The window similar to
Figure 5-212 will be displayed.




Figure 5-212 TPC for Replication Select Copy Set

The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue, the window similar to
Figure 5-213 will be displayed.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   207
Figure 5-213 TPC for Replication Copy Set Confirm

               On this window you have two options how to handle errors while removing the Copy Set:
                  Yes. - Even if the copy sets were not removed because of hardware errors, it will be
                  logically removed from session.
                  No. - In case of hardware errors during copy sets removal, they will not be removed from
                  session.

               Once you selected your options click the Next button to continue. The window similar to
               Figure 5-214 on page 209 will be displayed.




208   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-214 TPC for Replication Finish Adding Copy Sets

Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the
task.

Linux CLI
In this instance we will remove the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single
script. For this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier.

As we can see in Figure 5-216 on page 210, the script file contains multiple commands to
setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the Copy Set. In this case we have
pre-determined the volume pairs of the copy sets in the session as seen in Figure 5-215, in
our example we used session ESS800FOFB2.


 # pwd
 /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
 # ./csmcli.sh
 csmcli> lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2
 H1 Volume               Session     Volumes
 ===========================================
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2       2
 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2       2


Figure 5-215 List of session volumes

The volumes listed represent source volumes of the copy sets Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
session ESS800FOFB2. In our example we have two copy sets in the session and volumes
ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 as source volumes. We will
remove copy set with ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 as source volume using the rmcpset
command as shown in Figure 5-216 on page 210.




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   209
# cat esscpremove.txt
                #
                # This is a script file
                # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep
                #
                setoutput -v on
                lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2
                rmcpset -force -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2
                lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2


               Figure 5-216 ESS remove copy set script

               You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to remove the
               copy set from the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet
               parameter as part of the command. We also used the -force flag to remove copy set even in
               the event of hardware error during removal. Output of the script is shown in Figure 5-217.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/esscpremove.txt
                H1 Volume               Session     Volumes
                ===========================================
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2       2
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2       2
                Are you sure you want to remove copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104? [y/n]:y
                IWNR2002I [Sep 6, 2006 1:23:03 AM] The pair was successfully deleted in session
                ESS800FOFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A.
                IWNR1095I [Sep 6, 2006 1:23:03 AM] Copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 in session
                ESS800FOFB2 was successfully deleted.
                H1 Volume               Session     Volumes
                ===========================================
                ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2       2
               Figure 5-217 ESS remove copy set script output

               As you can see at the end of script output we only have one copy set left in the session.


5.3.34 Removing a session
               In this section we show you how to add a FlashCopy and Metro Mirror Failover/Failback
               session using both the GUI and the CLI.

               Linux GUI
               To remove the session, select the desired session from Sessions panel - in our example
               ESS800FC1.

                Note: The session can be removed when in it is terminated or in defined state.

               From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Remove session and click Go, as shown in
               Figure 5-218 on page 211.


210   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-218 TPC for Replication Remove Session

The selected session will be removed as shown in Figure 5-219.




Figure 5-219 TPC for Replication Session Removed




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   211
Linux CLI
               n this instance we will remove a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session ESS800FOFB2 we defined
               earlier.

               We can terminate session with the rmsess command as shown in Figure 5-220. You can see
               that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To
               turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh
                csmcli> rmsess ESS800FOFB2
                Are you sure you want to remove session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1022I [Sep 6, 2006 1:54:40 AM] Session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully
                deleted.
               Figure 5-220 MM FOFB remove session

               When we then check the session the list of sessions as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190,
               we discover the ESS800FOFB2 is not available.


                csmcli> lssess -l
                Name        Status State      Copy type                      Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ================================================================================================
                ESS800MMSD1 Normal Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction Yes            Yes             1 No
                ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No           No              0 No

               Figure 5-221 MM FOFB show session after remove




5.3.35 Viewing or modifying session properties
               In this section we show how to View and Modify properties using the GUI and the CLI.

               Linux GUI
               To remove the session, select the desired session from the Sessions panel - in our example
               ESS800FC1.

                Note: The session can be removed when in it is terminated or in defined state.

               From the pull-down menu, select Remove session and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-218
               on page 211.




212   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 5-222 TPC for Replication remove session

The selected session will be removed as shown in Figure 5-223.




Figure 5-223 TPC for Replication session removed




    Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux   213
Linux CLI
               n this instance we will remove a session using interactive command line interface. In this
               example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session ESS800FOFB2 we defined
               earlier.

               We can terminate session with the rmsess command as shown in Figure 5-220 on page 212.
               You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the
               session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the
               command.


                # pwd
                /opt/IBM/TPC-RM
                # ./csmcli.sh
                csmcli> rmsess ESS800FOFB2
                Are you sure you want to remove session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y
                IWNR1022I [Sep 6, 2006 1:54:40 AM] Session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully
                deleted.
               Figure 5-224 MM FOFB remove session

               When we then check the session the list of sessions as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190,
               we discover the ESS800FOFB2 is not available.


                csmcli> lssess -l
                Name        Status State      Copy type                      Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error
                ================================================================================================
                ESS800MMSD1 Normal Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction Yes            Yes             1 No
                ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No           No              0 No

               Figure 5-225 MM FOFB show session after remove




214   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
6


    Chapter 6.   Useful hints and tips
                 This chapter contains information that we found helpful for using and debugging TPC for
                 Replication.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                           215
6.1 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on Windows
               To uninstall TPC for Replication manually start by going to Start → Control Panel →
               Administrative Tools → Services and in the list of services scroll down until you see IBM
               WebSphere Application Server V6 - CSM. Right-click that service and select Stop as shown
               in Figure 6-1.




               Figure 6-1 Stopping WebSphere

               Next delete the directory where TPC for Replication was installed. The default directory if only
               TPC for Replication V3.1 was installed is:
               C:Program FilesIBMIBM Total Storage Productivity Center

               However if TPC for Replication V3.1.1 was installed, the default installation directory is:
               C:Program FilesIBMTPC4R.


6.1.1 Deleting the DB2 database
               Deleting the TPC for Replication database is optional. When you re-install TPC for
               Replication you will be prompted to enter the DB2 database name. If you specify an existing
               database (for example, from the previous installation) you will be asked if you should use the
               existing database or delete it.

               If you choose to delete the DB2 database manually, open the DB2 Control Center by going to
               Start → All Programs → IBM DB2 → General Administration Tools → Control Center as
               shown in Figure 6-2 on page 217.




216   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Figure 6-2 Starting DB2 Control Center

Accept the defaults and click OK on the Control Center View window, as shown in Figure 6-3.




Figure 6-3 Control Center View

On the Control Center Panel, click All Databases, then right-click TPCRM, and select Drop,
as shown in Figure 6-4 on page 218.




                                                        Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips   217
Figure 6-4 Dropping TPCRM database



6.2 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on AIX and Linux
               The steps to manually uninstall TPC for Replication on AIX and Linux are the same with the
               exception of the command to delete the DB2 group. For that command, the specific steps are
               given in Example 6-7 on page 219 and Example 6-8 on page 219. Besides this command, all
               the other commands are the same for both platforms.

               To uninstall TPC for Replication, open a command prompt and obtain the process ID (PID) for
               TPC for Replication by issuing the command shown in Example 6-1.

               Example 6-1 Listing process IDs
               ps -ef | grep CSM

               Next you need to stop the TPC for Replication service by issuing the command shown in
               Example 6-2. Note that the <process_id> needs to be replaced by the TPC for Replication
               process ID obtained from the command above.

               Example 6-2 Killing the TPC for Replication process ID
               kill -9 <process_id>

               Next, delete the directory where TPC for Replication was installed using the command in
               Example 6-3 on page 219. Replace <directory_name> with the name of the directory where
               TPC for Replication was installed. The default installation directory is /opt/IBM/TPC-RM.




218   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Example 6-3 Deleting the TPC for Replication installation directory
           rm -Fr <direcotry_name>


6.2.1 Deleting the DB2 database
           Deleting the TPC for Replication database is optional. When you re-install TPC for
           Replication you will be prompted to enter the DB2 database name. If you specify an existing
           database (for example, from the previous installation) you will be asked if you should use the
           existing database or delete it.

           If you choose to delete the DB2 database manually, first change directories by issuing the
           command in Example 6-4. Replace <db2_instance_name> with the name of the DB2 instance
           created during the DB2 installation.

           Example 6-4 Changing to the db2 directory
           . /home/<db2_instance_name>/sqllib/db2profile

           Now drop (remove) the database by issuing the command in Example 6-5. Replace
           <database_name> with the name of the database created during the DB2 installation and used
           by TPC for Replication.

           Example 6-5 Dropping the database
           db2 drop db <database_name>

           Next, from the same directory, remove the db2 user by issuing the command shown in
           Example 6-6. Replace <username> with the name of the DB2 user created during the DB2
           installation.

           Example 6-6 Deleting the DB2 username
           userdel <username>

           Now you need to remove the DB2 group. The command to remove the group is different for
           the AIX and Linux platforms. To remove the DB2 group on an AIX server, issue the command
           in Example 6-7. Replace <group_name> with name of the DB2 group created during the DB2
           installation.

           Example 6-7 Deleting the DB2 group on AIX platform
           rmgroup <groupname>

           To remove the DB2 group on a Linux server issue the command shown in Example 6-8.
           Replace <group_name> with the name of the DB2 group created during the DB2 installation.

           Example 6-8 Deleting the DB2 group on Linux platform
           groupdel <groupname>



6.3 Upgrading to TPC for Replication V3.1.1
           When installing TPC for Replication V3.1.1, it is important to note that it is an upgrade and not
           a full version of the product. The installation of TPC for Replication V3.1.1 will only be


                                                                          Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips   219
successful if TPC for Replication V3.1 was previously installed. If you attempt to install V3.1.1
               without having TPC for Replication V3.1 already installed on the server the installation will fail
               with the message seen in Figure 6-5.




               Figure 6-5 Installation failure message



6.4 Sharing a DB2 instance
               If you want TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication to share a DB2 instance located
               in another client, make sure that DB2 is stopped during the TPC for Replication installation,
               given that configuration changes are made to the DB2 instance during the installation and
               require a restart of the instance. If other clients have active connections to the DB2 instance,
               the configuration changes will not be allowed and the installation will be unsuccessful.



6.5 TPC for Replication versus TPC for Replication Two Site BC
               TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 includes the management interface for
               copy and mirroring services including FlashCopy, Metro Mirror and Global Mirror for the IBM
               ESS 800, IBM DS6000 and IBM DS8000. Flashcopy and Metro Mirror are also managed for
               the IBM SAN Volume Controller. TPC for Replication Two Site Business Continuity provides
               the previously mentioned capabilities as well as disaster recovery management through
               planned and unplanned failover and failback automation for IBM ESS800, IBM DS6000 and
               IBM DS8000. TPC for Replication Two Site BC V3.1 also offers a High Availability capability
               which is designed to maintain your data online and available even if the primary site fails. In
               this two server environment, the second server, which is the standby server, will take over in
               case of a failure and the services from original active server will the will switch to this server.
               When the primary site is back online, a failback is performed and the default configuration will
               resume.

               The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 requires a single-direction license
               key meaning that data is copied from the primary site to the secondary site. Whereas
               TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication BC V3.1 requires a BC license key in order
               to perform failover and failback to maintain the data on both sites and to reverse the data flow
               direction in case of a failure.



220   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
6.6 High Availability server platforms
         When operating in a high availability environment, your TPC for Replication active server and
         standby server can be servers of the same operating systems or servers of different
         operating systems. For example, your active server can be a Windows server and your
         standby server can be a Linux server or vice-versa. A same-server example would be having
         your active server and your standby server both be AIX servers.



6.7 SNMP setup
         TPC for Replication can be sent up the send SNMP traps to registered SNMP managers
         when various events occur. These general events include:
            Session state change
            Configuration change
            Suspending-event notification
            Communication failure
            High-availability state change

         You can use the mksnmp CLI command to add a specified manager to the list of servers to
         which SNMP alerts are sent. Details of the mksnmp command can be found in the TPC for
         Replication Command Line Interface - User’s Guide, SC32-0104.

         You can see the SNMP traps in the CsmTrace.log files as shown in Figure 6-9 on page 224.
         The figure contains a segment of the log. As such you can see the details of the trap being
         captured and prepared.


          [2006-06-23 16:16:12.828-07:00] Work-2 RepMgr D
          com.ibm.csm.server.session.snmp.SnmpNotification sendMsg TRACE: Message :
          version=1 communityString=public
                    errorStatus=Success
                    operation=V2 TRAP requestId=0 correlator=0       (
             1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3:17270546,
             1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.4.1:1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.2.1.3,
             1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.4.3:1.3.6.1.4.1.2,
             1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.1:ess_gmsd_cli,
             1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.2:Preparing,
             1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.3:Prepared,
             1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.4:H1)
         Figure 6-6 CsmTrace.log

         Additionally, the TPC for Replication Server can be set up to receive SNMP traps from the
         IBM ESS model 800. While not being required, the use of the SNMP alert reduces the latency
         between the time that a freeze event occurs and the time that TPC for Replication recognizes
         that the event is occurring. With or without the SNMP alert function, however, TPC for
         Replication maintains data consistency of its sessions during the freeze event. The SNMP
         trap destination can be setup on your ESS via the ESS Specialist.




                                                                  Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips   221
6.8 TPC for Replication logging
               Should problems occur within your TPC for Replication server environment, there are various
               ways you can collect logs.


6.8.1 Collecting Logs using the TPC for Replication GUI
               To collect logs via the TPC for Replication GUI, simply click the Advanced Tools hyperlink in
               the menu. Once you reach Advanced Tools page simply click the Create button to perform
               the action. In Figure 6-7, we show the successful creation of the package. This function
               collects all the relevant and required information and encapsulates it as a JAR (Java Archive
               file).

               Note that upon successful creation of the package, the returned message will indicate the
               location of this JAR file. The default location is C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage
               Productivity Center for Replication V3.1WASprofilesCSMdiagnostics.




               Figure 6-7 Log package creation


6.8.2 Collecting logs using the TPC for Replication CLI
               You can also collect logs via the TPC for Replication command line interface. Start by
               opening up a command prompt from your TPC for Replication server and type mklogpkg and
               press Enter. The command prompt will then display the location of the logs.


6.8.3 Collecting logs manually
               Another option is collecting the logs manually. You can collect the TPC for Replication logs by
               zipping up all the files in the following directories:
               C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication


222   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
V3.1WASprofilesCSMlogs

           C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
           V3.1WASprofilesCSMlogsCSM



6.8.4 Viewing logs
           In the course of your usage you may need to obtain information about the operations of the
           TPC for Replication server. Since the CSM application is running within WebSphere, the
           relevant log files are stored in the directory
           C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication
           V3.1WASprofilesCSMlogsserver1 as shown in Figure 6-8.




           Figure 6-8 WAS logs

           Additionally as shown in Figure 6-9 on page 224, the various CSM trace files provide a useful
           diagnostic tool.




                                                                    Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips   223
Figure 6-9 CSM trace files



6.9 Global Mirror
               The TPC for Replication design only supports a single Global Mirror session to be active for
               IBM ESS 800, DS6000 and DS8000 when they are the source subsystem for a Global Mirror
               relationship. You cannot have more than one Global Mirror sessions running using the same
               subsystem as the source twice. However, it is possible to use other LSSs from the source
               subsystem on the first GM relationship as the target LSSs on another Global Mirror
               relationship. Keep in mind however, that in this scenario, performing a failover/failback would
               not be possible because it would cause a subsystem to be the source for two Global Mirror
               sessions. Furthermore, to be able to perform a failover/failback you need to remove one
               session. Thus, it is not recommended to have more than one Global Mirror session.



6.10 Auto refresh
               You can customize the auto refresh by going to the My Work panel on the left-hand side on
               the main menu. Click Advanced Tools. The Advanced Tools panel will then appear. Under
               the Set browser auto-refresh rate, you can define the refresh rate for all non-wizard panels.
               The default auto-refresh time is 30 seconds.




224   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Related publications

                 The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed
                 discussion of the topics covered in this book.



IBM Redbooks
                 For information on ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM Redbooks” on page 225.
                 Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only.
                     IBM System Storage DS8000 Series: Copy Services with IBM System z, SG24-6787

                     IBM System Storage DS8000 Series: Copy Services in Open Environments, SG24-6788
                     IBM System Storage DS6000 Series: Copy Services with IBM System z, SG24-6782

                     IBM System Storage DS6000 Series: Copy Services in Open Environments, SG24-6783
                     IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on AIX, SG24-7407
                     IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Windows 2003, SG24-7250



Other publications
                 These publications are also relevant as further information sources:
                     IBM TotalStorage Productivity for Replication Installation and Configuration Guide,
                     SC32-0102



Online resources
                 These Web sites and URLs are also relevant as further information sources:
                     TotalStorage Productivity Center publications
                     http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v4r1/index.jsp/
                     TotalStorage Productivity Center technical support site
                     http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/software/tpc/



How to get IBM Redbooks
                 You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Hints and Tips, draft
                 publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks or CD-ROMs, at
                 this Web site:
                     ibm.com/redbooks




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                              225
Help from IBM
               IBM Support and downloads
                  ibm.com/support

               IBM Global Services
                  ibm.com/services




226   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Index
                                                    DS8000
A                                                     Ethernet card 28
adddevice command 88, 142                           DS8000 connectivity 27
advanced copy feature codes 22                      DS8000 Ethernet card 29, 60
appplication design 6                               DS8000 Username Password 33
auto-refresh time 224                               DSCLI port configuration 62

B                                                   E
basic functions 2                                   ESS 800
Business Continuity 53                                  add copy sets Global Mirror Session using CLI 195
                                                        add copy sets Global Mirror Session using GUI 193
C                                                       add Global Mirror Session using CLI 193
capacity pricing model 34                               add Global Mirror Session via GUI 190
CCW interface 24                                        add to TPC for Replication server 138
change DS8000 username and password 33                  add using CLI 142
cmdsess command 125, 128, 131, 177, 181, 184, 187       FlashCopy Create Session 144
command line interface 16                               FlashCopy Session using CLI 146, 153, 159
commands                                                FlashCopy Session using GUI 157
   adddevice 88, 142                                    FlashCopy Session via GUI 146
   cmdsess 125, 184                                     GUI Metro Mirror Session suspend 179
   csmcli help 17                                       heartbeat function 176
   csmcli help rmsess 17                                Metro Mirror Session add Copy Sets 165
   lsdevice 33                                          Metro Mirror Session using CLI 165
   lsnetworkport -l 62                                  Metro Mirror Session using GUI 162
   lssess 16, 193                                       recover Metro Mirror using GUI 185
   mkcpset 101, 154                                     Remove Session 210
   mklogpkg 222                                         start a Global Mirror Session 198
   mksess 16                                            start Metro Mirror Session via CLI 177
   mksnmp 221                                           start Metro Mirror via GUI 175
   setnetworkport 62                                    stop Metro Mirror Session 182
   setoutput 33                                         terminating FlashCopy Session via CLI 161
   setrmpw 33                                           terminating FlashCopy Session via GUI 160
   shownetworkport 62                               ESS 800 communication 24
   showsess 122                                     ESS Storwatch Specialist 178, 181, 184
communication paths 6                               etc/hosts file 45
configuration tasks 59                              Ethernet card 29, 60
consistency group 8                                 Ethernet card ports 29, 60
console 15                                          Ethernet ports 27
console logs 176                                        DSCLI configuration 62
Copy Services Manager 6                                 GUI configuration 60
Copy Set 8
CSM User 50                                         F
CSMCLI basics 33                                    firewall considerations 22
CsmTrace.log files 221                              Flash command
                                                        commands
D                                                           Flash 159
database requirements 22                            FlashCopy
DB2 Control Center 216                                  create copy sets 92
DB2 install 38                                          Create Session 89
db2setup command 38                                     create with CLI 91
delete DB2 database 219                                 overview 2
DS6000 communication 25                                 T-zero copy 3
DS6000 username password file 31                    FlashCopy GUI
                                                        prepare session 102


© Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved.                                                     227
FlashCopy Session                                                target available state 134
   CLI scripts 104                                               terminate using CLI 137
   terminate using CLI 107                                    Metro Mirror Session with SVC 108
   terminate using GUI 107                                    mkcpset command 101, 121, 154, 173, 197
   using CLI script 106                                       mklogpkg command 222
                                                              mksnmp command 221
                                                              mmfofb session type 121, 173
G
Global Mirror 3
Global Mirror Session 224                                     O
   recover 201                                                Open Console hyperlink 176
   suspending 200
gmfofb session type 197
                                                              P
                                                              passwd command 73
H                                                             physical planning 22
heartbeat function 176                                        pre-installation 34
high availability capability 5, 220                           product set 4
Host 1 IO group 113
Host 1 volume pull-down list 114
HostSite1 8                                                   R
HostSite2 8                                                   recover command 187
                                                              recover Global Mirror Session 201
                                                              Redbooks Web site 225
I                                                                Contact us x
installation verification 52                                  remote CLI install 77
ITSO lab environment 82                                       repcli.properties file 78
                                                              rmcpset command 209

J
JournalSite2 8                                                S
                                                              SAN Volume Controller IO group 114
                                                              script
L                                                                 Metro Mirror Failover/Failback 121
lab setup 82                                                  script file
LIC levels 22                                                     create copy sets 100
licensing 34                                                  servers connections 22
logging 222                                                   session 8
lsdevice command 33                                           session commands 10
lsnetworkport command 63                                      session states 9
lssess command 193                                            session types 10
    commands                                                  set standby action 77
        lssess 91                                             setnetworkport 62
                                                              setnetworkport command 62
M                                                             setoutput command 33
Metro Mirror 3                                                setrmpw command 33
   Start session 177                                          setuplinux.bin 45, 53
Metro Mirror Session                                          SFI number 33
   add CopySets script 120                                    shownetworkport 62
   add CopySets using CLI 120                                 shownetworkport command 63
   CopySets using GUI 112                                     showsess command 122, 174, 178
   inactive status 137                                        snetworkport -l 62
   normal status 134                                          SNMP traps 221
   recover using CLI 134                                      Source 8
   recover using GUI 133                                      standby server 53, 220
   script 111                                                 standby server setup 76
   starting using CLI 125                                     suspend Metro Mirror session 127
   starting using the GUI 123                                 suspending a Global Mirror Session 200
   stop using CLI 128, 131                                    SVC
   stop via GUI 130                                               adding with CLI 88
   suspend using GUI 127                                          adding with GUI 83
                                                                  CIMOM services 7


228      IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
Metro Mirror session using GUI 108
   secure protocol 86
SVC administrator roles 68
SVC communication 23
SVC Console account 65
SVC Master Console 23
   view consistency groups 129
system requirements 20


T
Target 8
target available state 134
TCP/IP port 2433 6
TCP/IP ports 23
Terminate command 161
TPC for Replication 219
    AIX uninstall 218
    Business Continuity 53
    group name 50
    install 37
    Linux uninstall 218
    logging 222
    uninstall manually 216
TPC for Replication server
    logging 79
    sign in 74
TPC for Replication user ID 72
two active servers 77
Two Site BC 5, 220
Two Site Business Continuity 5
Typical install 41
T-zero copy 3


U
upgrade to advanced version 53
user group 72
useradd command 73


W
Web browser requirements 21




                                        Index   229
230   IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
IBM TotalStorage Productivity
Center for Replication on Linux
IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center
for Replication on Linux
IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
                                                                   (0.5” spine)
                                                                 0.475”<->0.873”
                                                                250 <-> 459 pages
IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
IBM TotalStorage Productivity
Center for Replication on Linux
IBM TotalStorage Productivity
Center for Replication on Linux
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on linux sg247411
Back cover                                                 ®



IBM TotalStorage
Productivity Center for
Replication on Linux
Effectively use          IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Version 3,
                         Release 1 brings support for the advanced copy services capabilities      INTERNATIONAL
TotalStorage
                         on the DS8000 and DS6000, in addition to the support for ESS model        TECHNICAL
Productivity Center
                         800 and SVC. This support focuses on automating administration and        SUPPORT
for Replication          configuration of these services, operational control (starting,           ORGANIZATION
                         suspending, resuming) copy services tasks and monitoring and
Manage replication       managing the copy services sessions.
services from one        In addition to the support for FlashCopy and Metro Mirror, TotalStorage
interface                Productivity Center for Replication V3R1 supports Global Mirror on the
                         ESS800, DS8000, and DS6000 hardware platforms. Advanced disaster          BUILDING TECHNICAL
 Install and configure   recovery functions are also supported with failover/failback (planned     INFORMATION BASED ON
                         and unplanned) from a primary site to a disaster recovery site.           PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
on Linux
                         TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication also can monitor the
                         performance of the copy services that provide a measurement of the        IBM Redbooks are developed
                         amount of replication and the amount of time that is required to          by the IBM International
                         complete the replication operations.
                                                                                                   Technical Support
                                                                                                   Organization. Experts from
                                                                                                   IBM, Customers and Partners
                         This IBM Redbooks publication provides the information you need to        from around the world create
                         install TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and create and   timely technical information
                         manage replication sessions on Linux. Scenarios are provided that         based on realistic scenarios.
                         document our work in the laboratory setting, using the GUI and CLI.       Specific recommendations
                                                                                                   are provided to help you
                                                                                                   implement IT solutions more
                                                                                                   effectively in your
                                                                                                   environment.



                                                                                                   For more information:
                                                                                                   ibm.com/redbooks


                              SG24-7411-00                   ISBN 073848637X

More Related Content

PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on aix sg247407
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on windows 2003 sg247250
PDF
Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308
PDF
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
PDF
Disaster recovery solutions for ibm total storage san file system sg247157
PDF
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
PDF
Automated provisioning using ibm tivoli intelligent orchestrator and enterpri...
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on aix sg247407
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on windows 2003 sg247250
Ibm tivoli system automation for z os enterprise automation sg247308
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Disaster recovery solutions for ibm total storage san file system sg247157
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
Automated provisioning using ibm tivoli intelligent orchestrator and enterpri...

What's hot (14)

PDF
Ibm total storage nas backup and recovery solutions sg246831
PDF
Deployment guide series tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment v5.1 sg...
PDF
Backing up web sphere application server with tivoli storage management redp0149
PDF
Implementing ibm tivoli workload scheduler v 8.2 extended agent for ibm tivol...
PDF
An introduction to storage provisioning with tivoli provisioning manager and ...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
PDF
BOOK - IBM zOS V1R10 communications server TCP / IP implementation volume 1 b...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express for softwa...
PDF
Managing disk subsystems using ibm total storage productivity center sg247097
PDF
Getting started with ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.3 sg247237
PDF
Ibm tivoli workload scheduler for z os best practices end-to-end and mainfram...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express v4.1 for soft...
PDF
Integrating ibm tivoli workload scheduler with tivoli products sg246648
Ibm total storage nas backup and recovery solutions sg246831
Deployment guide series tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment v5.1 sg...
Backing up web sphere application server with tivoli storage management redp0149
Implementing ibm tivoli workload scheduler v 8.2 extended agent for ibm tivol...
An introduction to storage provisioning with tivoli provisioning manager and ...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
BOOK - IBM zOS V1R10 communications server TCP / IP implementation volume 1 b...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express for softwa...
Managing disk subsystems using ibm total storage productivity center sg247097
Getting started with ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.3 sg247237
Ibm tivoli workload scheduler for z os best practices end-to-end and mainfram...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express v4.1 for soft...
Integrating ibm tivoli workload scheduler with tivoli products sg246648
Ad

Viewers also liked (7)

PDF
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
Ad

Similar to Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on linux sg247411 (20)

PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on aix sg247407
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on windows 2003 sg247250
PDF
IBM PowerVM Best Practices
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
PDF
IBM PowerVM Virtualization Introduction and Configuration
PDF
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Ibm virtualization engine ts7500 planning, implementation, and usage guide sg...
PDF
HRpM_UG_731_HDS_M2
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
PDF
Ibm virtual disk system quickstart guide sg247794
PDF
Ibm virtual disk system quickstart guide sg247794
PDF
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager v5.1 sg247262
PDF
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
PDF
software-eng.pdf
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v3.1 the next generation sg247194
PDF
Ibm total storage productivity center v3.1 the next generation sg247194
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on aix sg247407
Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on windows 2003 sg247250
IBM PowerVM Best Practices
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
Ibm total storage productivity center v2.3 getting started sg246490
IBM PowerVM Virtualization Introduction and Configuration
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Ibm virtualization engine ts7500 planning, implementation, and usage guide sg...
HRpM_UG_731_HDS_M2
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Ibm virtual disk system quickstart guide sg247794
Ibm virtual disk system quickstart guide sg247794
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager v5.1 sg247262
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
software-eng.pdf
Ibm total storage productivity center v3.1 the next generation sg247194
Ibm total storage productivity center v3.1 the next generation sg247194

More from Banking at Ho Chi Minh city (20)

PDF
Postgresql v15.1
PDF
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
PDF
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
PDF
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
PDF
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
PDF
Tec implementation examples sg245216
PDF
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
PDF
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
PDF
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
PDF
Setup and configuration for ibm tivoli access manager for enterprise single s...
PDF
Windows nt backup and recovery with adsm sg242231
PDF
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
PDF
Service level management using ibm tivoli service level advisor and tivoli bu...
PDF
Vista deployment using tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment redp4295
Postgresql v15.1
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
Tec implementation examples sg245216
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Slr to tivoli performance reporter for os 390 migration cookbook sg245128
Setup and configuration for ibm tivoli access manager for enterprise single s...
Windows nt backup and recovery with adsm sg242231
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Service level management using ibm tivoli service level advisor and tivoli bu...
Vista deployment using tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment redp4295

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
PDF
KodekX | Application Modernization Development
PPTX
Big Data Technologies - Introduction.pptx
PDF
TokAI - TikTok AI Agent : The First AI Application That Analyzes 10,000+ Vira...
PDF
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
PPTX
KOM of Painting work and Equipment Insulation REV00 update 25-dec.pptx
PPTX
VMware vSphere Foundation How to Sell Presentation-Ver1.4-2-14-2024.pptx
PDF
Bridging biosciences and deep learning for revolutionary discoveries: a compr...
PDF
Approach and Philosophy of On baking technology
PDF
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
PDF
Mobile App Security Testing_ A Comprehensive Guide.pdf
PPTX
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
PDF
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
PDF
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
PDF
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
PDF
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
DOCX
The AUB Centre for AI in Media Proposal.docx
PDF
NewMind AI Monthly Chronicles - July 2025
PDF
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
PDF
7 ChatGPT Prompts to Help You Define Your Ideal Customer Profile.pdf
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
KodekX | Application Modernization Development
Big Data Technologies - Introduction.pptx
TokAI - TikTok AI Agent : The First AI Application That Analyzes 10,000+ Vira...
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
KOM of Painting work and Equipment Insulation REV00 update 25-dec.pptx
VMware vSphere Foundation How to Sell Presentation-Ver1.4-2-14-2024.pptx
Bridging biosciences and deep learning for revolutionary discoveries: a compr...
Approach and Philosophy of On baking technology
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
Mobile App Security Testing_ A Comprehensive Guide.pdf
MYSQL Presentation for SQL database connectivity
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
The AUB Centre for AI in Media Proposal.docx
NewMind AI Monthly Chronicles - July 2025
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
7 ChatGPT Prompts to Help You Define Your Ideal Customer Profile.pdf

Ibm total storage productivity center for replication on linux sg247411

  • 1. Front cover IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux Effectively use TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Manage replication services from one interface Install and configure on Linux Mary Lovelace Werner Bauer Andrew Bentley Ivo Gomilsek Paulina Martinez ibm.com/redbooks
  • 3. International Technical Support Organization IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux May 2007 SG24-7411-00
  • 4. Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page vii. First Edition (May 2007) This edition applies to Version 3, Release 1 of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication (product number 5608-TRA) and Version 3, Release 1 of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication for Two Site Business Continuity (product number 5608-TRB). © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5. Contents Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix The team that wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .x Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.1.1 Replication task management and automation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center product set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.2.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.2.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1.2.3 Application design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.3.1 TPC for Replication session types and commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1.4 GUI overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1.4.1 Health Overview panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1.5 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 1.5.1 Command line interface overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.1 TPC for Replication installation planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2 Hardware and software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.1 Minimum hardware requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.2 Operating system requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.2.3 GUI Client software requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2.2.4 Advanced Copy features and Licensed Internal Code requirements . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.3 Connect servers to storage subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.3.1 Physical planning and firewall considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.3.2 TCP/IP ports used by TPC for Replication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.3.3 SAN Volume Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.3.4 TPC for Replication Server and ESS 800 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 2.3.5 TPC for Replication server and DS6000 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 2.3.6 TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 2.3.7 New DS8000 Ethernet card feature codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 2.3.8 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 2.3.9 Define a DS6000 to TPC-RM through the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 2.3.10 Define a DS8000 to TPC-RM through the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 2.3.11 Invoke CSMCLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 2.4 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 2.5 Pre-installation steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Chapter 3. Installation on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 3.1 DB2 installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3.2 TPC for Replication installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 3.2.1 Verify the installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 3.3 TPC for Replication Two site BC installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. iii
  • 6. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 4.1 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 4.1.1 Use GUI to define Ethernet ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 4.1.2 Use DSCLI to define Ethernet ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 4.2 Storage subsystem setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 4.2.1 SAN Volume Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 4.3 User management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 4.4 Signing on to TPC for Replication GUI interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 4.5 Setting up a TPC for Replication Standby Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 4.6 Remote CLI installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4.7 TPC for Replication Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 5.1 TPC for Replication and SAN Volume Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 5.1.1 Adding the SAN Volume Controller using the Linux GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5.1.2 Adding the SVC with the Linux CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 5.1.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 5.2 Adding a FlashCopy session using the Linux CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 5.2.1 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 5.2.2 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 5.2.3 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 5.2.4 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 5.2.5 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 5.2.6 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 5.2.7 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 5.2.8 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 5.2.9 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 5.2.10 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 5.2.11 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 5.2.12 Adding Copy Sets to Metro Mirror Session using CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 5.2.13 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 5.2.14 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 5.2.15 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 5.2.16 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 5.2.17 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 5.2.18 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 5.2.19 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 5.2.20 Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 5.3 TPC for Replication and ESS 800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 5.3.1 Adding the ESS 800 using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 5.3.2 Adding the ESS 800 using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 5.3.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 5.3.4 Adding a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 5.3.5 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 5.3.6 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 5.3.7 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 5.3.8 Preparing FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 5.3.9 Starting a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 5.3.10 Starting a FlashCopy Session using CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 5.3.11 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 5.3.12 Terminating FlashCopy Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 5.3.13 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 iv IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 7. 5.3.14 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 5.3.15 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 5.3.16 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 5.3.17 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 5.3.18 Suspending a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 5.3.19 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 5.3.20 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 5.3.21 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 5.3.22 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 5.3.23 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 5.3.24 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 5.3.25 Adding a Global Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 5.3.26 Adding a Global Mirror Session using CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 5.3.27 Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 5.3.28 Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using CLI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 5.3.29 Starting a Global Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 5.3.30 Suspending a Global Mirror Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 5.3.31 Recovering a Global Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 5.3.32 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 5.3.33 Removing Copy Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 5.3.34 Removing a session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 5.3.35 Viewing or modifying session properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 6.1 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 6.1.1 Deleting the DB2 database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 6.2 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on AIX and Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 6.2.1 Deleting the DB2 database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 6.3 Upgrading to TPC for Replication V3.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 6.4 Sharing a DB2 instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 6.5 TPC for Replication versus TPC for Replication Two Site BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 6.6 High Availability server platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 6.7 SNMP setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 6.8 TPC for Replication logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 6.8.1 Collecting Logs using the TPC for Replication GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 6.8.2 Collecting logs using the TPC for Replication CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 6.8.3 Collecting logs manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 6.8.4 Viewing logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 6.9 Global Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 6.10 Auto refresh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 How to get IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Help from IBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Contents v
  • 8. vi IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 9. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. vii
  • 10. Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: eServer™ DS8000™ POWER5™ pSeries® Enterprise Storage Server® Redbooks® xSeries® ESCON® Redbooks (logo) ® z/OS® FlashCopy® S/390® AIX® IBM® System Storage™ Domino® Lotus® Tivoli® DB2® OS/2® TotalStorage® DS6000™ POWER4™ WebSphere® The following terms are trademarks of other companies: Java, JDBC, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Internet Explorer, Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. Intel, Pentium, Intel logo, Intel Inside logo, and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States, other countries, or both. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. viii IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 11. Preface The IBM® TotalStorage® Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 is designed to manage the advanced copy services provided by IBM Enterprise Storage Server® (ESS) Model 800, IBM System Storage™ DS8000™, IBM System Storage DS6000™, and IBM SAN Volume Controller (SVC). This IBM Redbooks® publication provides an introduction to TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. It provides information about planning for the installation of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication, step-by-step installation instructions, and how to setup and use it on a Linux® platform. Additional TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Redbooks for the Windows® and AIX® platforms are: IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Windows, SG24-7250 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on AIX, SG24-7407 The team that wrote this book This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center. Mary Lovelace is a Consulting IT Specialist at the International Technical Support Organization. She has more than 20 years of experience with IBM in large systems, storage and Storage Networking product education, system engineering and consultancy, and systems support. She has written many Redbooks about TotalStorage Productivity Center and z/OS® storage products. Werner Bauer is a Certified Consulting IT Specialist in Germany. He has 26 years of experience in storage software and hardware, as well with S/390® and z/OS. His areas of expertise include disaster recovery solutions in enterprises that use the unique capabilities and features of the IBM disk storage servers, ESS and DS6000/DS8000. He has written extensively in various Redbooks including these topics: Transactional VSAM, DS6000 / DS8000 concepts and architecture, and DS6000 / DS8000 Copy Services. He holds a degree in Economics from the University of Heidelberg and in Mechanical Engineering from FH Heilbronn. Andrew Bentley is an IBM Certified IT Specialist in Australia, and he currently works as an IT Architect for IBM Integrated Technology Delivery Division. He has 20 years of experience in the IT field. He has worked at IBM for over eight years. His area of expertise is Storage. He has previously written Redbooks about IBM tape products and has also presented at a number of IBM technical conferences. He currently holds a position with IBM A/NZ Technical Experts Council. Ivo Gomilsek is an IT Specialist for IBM Services, Slovenia, and he supports the Central and Eastern European Region in designing, deploying, and supporting SAN, storage, and DR solutions. His areas of expertise include SAN, storage, HA systems, IBM eServer™ xSeries® servers, network operating systems (Linux, Microsoft® Windows, and OS/2®), and Lotus® Domino® servers. He holds several certifications from various vendors (IBM, Red Hat, Microsoft). Ivo has contributed to various other Redbooks about Tivoli® products, SAN, Linux/390, xSeries, and Linux. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. ix
  • 12. Paulina Martinez is an IBM Software Engineer in Tucson, Arizona, and she currently works in TPC-R System Verification Test. Her areas of expertise include TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication, DS6000 / DS8000 Copy Services and ESS800 Copy Services. Paulina holds a dual degree in Management Information Systems and Operations Management from the University of Arizona. Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project: Bob Haimowitz International Technical Support Organization, Raleigh Center Sangam Racherla International Technical Support Organization, San Jose Center Randy Blea Jeff Placer IBM Tucson Linda Gillman IBM San Jose Rosemary McCutchen IBM Gaithersburg Brian Sherman IBM Canada Become a published author Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write an IBM Redbooks publication dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You'll team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners and/or customers. Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you'll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability. Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at: ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html Comments welcome Your comments are important to us! We want our Redbooks to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this or other Redbooks in one of the following ways: Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at: ibm.com/redbooks Send your comments in an email to: redbook@us.ibm.com x IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 13. Mail your comments to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400 Preface xi
  • 14. xii IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 15. 1 Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction This chapter provides an overview of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and how it fits in the TotalStorage Productivity Center product suite. It reviews copy services functions and then describes how they are implemented in TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. The architecture of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and the communication paths it uses are documented. Terms that are used throughout the book are explained. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 1
  • 16. 1.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication overview The basic functions of TotalStorage Productivity Center (TPC) for Replication provide management of FlashCopy®, Metro Mirror and Global Mirror capabilities for the IBM ESS Model 800, IBM DS6000, and IBM DS8000. It also manages FlashCopy and MetroMirror for IBM SAN Volume Controller. Figure 1-1 shows the TPC for Replication environment. TPC for Replication is designed to simplify management of advanced copy services by: Automating administration and configuration of these services with wizard-based session and copy set definitions Providing simple operational control of copy services tasks, including starting, suspending and resuming Offering tools for monitoring and managing copy sessions Web Storage Browser Administration Personnel TPC for Replication Copy Services Functions DS6000 SAN ESS 800 Volume Controller DS8000 Figure 1-1 TPC for Replication environment 1.1.1 Replication task management and automation TPC for Replication is designed to automate key replication management tasks to help you improve the efficiency of your storage replication. A simple graphical user interface is used to configure automation, manage ongoing activities and monitor progress of all key tasks. Your IT experts can use a single integrated tool for storage management, a feature designed to save administrators time and effort. Here we review the copy services advanced functions. FlashCopy The IBM FlashCopy feature is a point-in-time copy capability that can be used to help reduce application outages caused by backups and other data copy activities. FlashCopy is designed to enable data to be copied in the background while making both source and copied data available to users almost immediately. With its copy-on-write capability, the only data copied is that which is about to be changed or overlaid. Copies can be made quickly, after which data can be backed up and capacity reallocated. 2 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 17. This form of replication creates a replica (or T-zero copy) of the source within the same physical storage subsystem. Both the source and target volumes exist within the same storage subsystem. The ESS and DS8000 products provide multiple LSS (Logical Subsystems) within a single physical subsystem box. These products support local (same box) replication where the source volume is in one LSS and the target volume is in another LSS. For a FlashCopy session in TPC for Replication, Figure 1-2 shows the volume relationship established as part of the session creation. Figure 1-2 Flashcopy session Metro Mirror Metro Mirror is designed to constantly maintain an up-to-date copy of the primary location data at a remote site within the metropolitan area. Synchronous mirroring techniques are designed to maintain data currency between two sites. Because mirrored data is a time-consistent image of the original data, this can help you avoid a long and complicated data recovery process before restoring business operations. A Metro Mirror session is a form of synchronous remote replication designed to operate over distances under 300 kilometers. With Metro Mirror, the source is located in one subsystem and the target is located in another subsystem. Metro Mirror replication maintains identical data in both the source and target. In synchronous replication, changes made to the source data are propagated to the target before the write is committed to the requesting host. Figure 1-3 shows a Metro Mirror session icon in TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. Figure 1-3 Metro Mirror session Global Mirror Global Mirror (DS6000, DS8000 and ESS 800 only) is designed to help maintain data currency at a remote site within a few seconds of the local site, regardless of distance. It includes exceptional capabilities such as self-managed cross-system data consistency groups, which help protect data integrity for large applications across a wide variety of flexible system configurations. TPC for Replication V3.1 also extends support for ESS Model 800 by providing management support for the Global Mirror feature. These copying and mirroring capabilities are designed to help give users constant access to critical information during both planned and unplanned local outages. And TPC for Replication provides key configuration, administration and monitoring tools to manage these capabilities. For businesses in on demand fields, these capabilities are essential for managing data availability and resiliency and sustaining business continuity. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 3
  • 18. Global Mirror is a method of continuous asynchronous replication. It is intended to enable data replication at distances over 300 kilometers. When a write is issued to the source copy, the change is propagated to the target copy, but subsequent changes are allowed to the source copy before the target copy verifies that it has received the change. However, because data changes are not applied synchronously, you can potentially lose some data. Figure 1-4 shows a Global Mirror session icon in TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Figure 1-4 Global Mirror session Note: While TPC for Replication supports a multiple of defined Global Mirror sessions, only a single active session per subsystem pair can be supported due to the limitations imposed at the underlying hardware. SVC Global Mirror is not currently supported. 1.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center product set The IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication product is designed to support customers management requirements for data replication utilizing IBM storage subsystems. There are two components of the TPC for Replication package. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is considered the base, while TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC adds advanced features to assist in disaster recovery events. Figure 1-5 shows the relationship between the generally available TotalStorage Productivity Center product components and TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. As you can see, TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is a standalone package which complements the TotalStorage Productivity Center product. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center Standard Edition Replication Replication Replication Disk Data Fabric V3R1 Two Site BC Figure 1-5 TotalStorage Productivity Center product set 1.2.1 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication As we have seen TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is a member of the IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center product family. The product offers the following features: 4 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 19. Metro Mirror for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000 (unidirectional from source to target) Metro Mirror for SVC (unidirectional from source to target) Global Mirror for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000 (unidirectional from source to target) FlashCopy for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000. FlashCopy for SVC 1.2.2 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC TPC for Replication Two Site Business Continuity (BC) provides disaster recovery management through planned and unplanned failover and failback automation for the IBM ESS Model 800, IBM DS6000, and IBM DS8000. TPC for Replication Two Site BC helps you manage replication to a remote backup site through Metro Mirror or Global Mirror. The software is designed to allow you to monitor the progress of the copy services so you can verify the amount of replication that has been done as well as the amount of time needed to complete the replication. Automated failover is designed to keep your critical data online and available to your users even if your primary site fails. When the primary site comes back on, the software manages failback to the default configuration as well. Like TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication, TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC is a member of the TotalStorage Productivity Center product family and requires TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication to be installed first. In addition to the base features already described, TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC offers: Support for redundant TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication servers. Support for the following additional session types for ESS model 800, DS6000, and / or DS8000. – Two site Metro Mirror, ability to control the session in both directions (from site 1 to site 2 or visa versa). – Two site Global Mirror, ability to control the session in both directions (from site 1 to site 2 or visa versa). Replication Performance Monitoring showing the progress towards completion of hardware replication. – For Metro Mirror, the progress towards getting all data to full duplex. – For Global Mirror, the progress towards getting all data to fully joined in the session. – For FlashCopy without persistent specified, the progress of getting background copy complete TPC for Replication offers a high availability capability, so you can manage your replication even if the main TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server experiences a failure. With a second server operating as an active standby, services can switch quickly to the backup server to maintain copy services operations if the primary server goes off-line. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 5
  • 20. 1.2.3 Application design TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is designed to scale to large numbers of volumes, supporting up to 100,000 copy sets, providing the capability to issue freeze and run commands for a metro mirror environment, and providing FlashCopy (FC) establish capabilities for FlashCopy operations with virtually no overhead. The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication product utilizes Java, WebSphere® and DB2® to provide the required copy services management functions. To ensure that environmental consistency is maintained during server restarts, persistent data from the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication environment is maintained within the IBM DB2 UDB database built as part of the installation process.This data is accessed using standard JDBC™ calls from within the WebSphere application. The WebSphere application name CSM stands for Copy Services Manager. As we can see in Figure 1-6 the CSM module manages the aspects of the environment except for the relevant communications interfaces. C LI S O AP AP I DB2 C op y S ervices TP C for H igh M anager GUI Availability R eplication D b tables M etro G lobal FlashC op y M irror M irror JD B C H ardw are Layer SVC DS ESS Interface Interface Interface S erver O perating S ystem S V C D isk D S 8000/6000 E S S 800 Figure 1-6 Application design Commands from the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server are passed from the CSM to the hardware layer and then packaged via the relevant subsystem interface. These packets are then passed to the destination storage subsystem via the IP communications path established as part of the storage subsystem add process. In Figure 1-7 on page 7, we can see the communications from the CSM to an ESS or DS storage subsystem. In this instance a command from CSM is received by the ESS or DS interface and packaged as a CCW packet. This CCW packet is then sent to the CCW server (listening on TCP/IP port 2433) which then passes the CCW commands to the functional code residing in the storage subsystem. The return journey is achieved in the same way. 6 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 21. TP C for R eplication S erver C o p y S ervices M an ag er H ardw are L ayer D S /E S S In terfac e CCW S erver D S 8000/6000/E S S 800 F un c tio na l C o d e Figure 1-7 CSM to storage communications In Figure 1-8, we can see that communications with the ESS and DS infrastructure is direct, whereas SVC communications are via the CIMOM services that are included as part of the standard SVC Master Console. 1 7 5 0 , 2 1 0 5 , 2 1 0 7 d is k s T P C fo r R e p lic a tio n S V C C IM O N M a s te r C o n s o le SVC Nodes S V C m a n a g e d d is k s Figure 1-8 Server to hardware communications 1.3 Terminology It is essential that you understand the following concepts and how they are used to enable the functionality of the replication environment. As such, the terminology is captured here along with a brief explanation of the term itself. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 7
  • 22. Copy Set: A set of volumes that represent copies of the same data. All volumes in a Copy set must be of the same type and size. The number of volumes in a Copy set and the roles that each volume in a Copy set plays in the replication session is determined by the session policy. Session: The replication session is the fundamental concept which TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication is built upon. The Copy sets within a session form a consistency group. Actions taken against the session are taken against all of the Copy sets within the session. The session policy determines what type of replication is to be controlled via the session and determines what actions and states are allowable in the session. Source: This is a Copy Set role, used in hardware support type sessions. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is the source volume of the Copy Set. Target: This is a Copy Set role, used in hardware support type sessions. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is the target volume of the Copy Set. HostSite1 (H1): This is a Copy Set role. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is the volume that is to be mounted and online to the application when the session has site 1 as the production site. HostSite2 (H2): This is a Copy Set role. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is the volume that is to be mounted and online to the application when the session has site 2 as the production site. JournalSite2 (J2): This is a Copy Set role. The volume that plays this role in the Copy Set is the volume that is used to maintain Global Mirror consistency when production is on site 1. Figure 1-9 shows the terms and how they relate to each other. TPC for Replication Session FC GM MM Copy Set Copy Set Role Pair Role Pair Copy Set Host 1 Host 2 Host 1 Target 1 Role Role Pair Pair Role Pair Host 1 Host 2 Journal 2 Figure 1-9 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication terminology 8 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 23. In addition, sessions themselves can exist in different states depending on the situation. Defined: Session created with or without Copy Sets but not started Preparing: Started and in the process of initialization or re-initialization. Will automatically transition to Prepared when all pairs are initialized (prepared). Prepared: All volumes are initialized (prepared). Suspending: Transitory state caused by Suspend command or suspending event. In the process of suspending copy operations. Suspended: Copying has stopped. For Metro Mirror, the application can continue writes. An additional recoverable flag indicates if data is consistent and recoverable. TargetAvailable: Recover command processing has completed. The target volume are write enabled. An additional recoverable flag indicates if data is consistent and recoverable. Figure 1-10 shows the transitional relationship of these session states for a continuous replication session. N o t D e fin e d c re a te S e s s io n d e le te S e s s io n D e fin e d s ta rt te rm in a te P re p a rin g addC opySet Event/suspend/Pause s ta rt P re p a re d E ve n t/s u s p e n d /p a u s e S u s p e n d in g s ta rt S uspended te rm in a te re c o v e r R e c o ve rin g s ta rt te rm in a te T a rg e t A v a ila b le Figure 1-10 Session state transition - continuous replication Figure 1-11 on page 10 shows the transitional relationship of these session states for a FlashCopy session. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 9
  • 24. Not Defined createSession deleteSession Defined flash start Preparing Preparing terminate flash start terminate Prepared Prepared start flash Target Available Figure 1-11 Session state transition - point in time It is important to understand these transitions since these can and will at times determine which TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication commands are required to move to the next state. 1.3.1 TPC for Replication session types and commands TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication enables you to configure a number of different sessions with different copy types as follows: FlashCopy Metro Mirror Single Direction Global Mirror Single Direction Metro Mirror Failover / Failback Global Mirror Failover / Failback Session commands The following tables show the commands which can be issued against any defined session. These commands represent the GUI interface and not the CLI command which may require specific syntax to be valid. Table 1-1 contains the FlashCopy commands. Table 1-1 FlashCopy commands Command Meaning Flash Perform the FlashCopy operation using the specified options. Initiate Background Copy Copy all tracks from the source to the target immediately, instead of waiting until the source track is written to. This command is valid only when the background copy is not already running. Start Perform any steps necessary to define the relationship before performing a FlashCopy operation. For ESS or DS, you do not need to issue this command. For SVC, use this command to put the session in the prepared state. 10 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 25. Command Meaning Terminate Removes all physical copies from the hardware. This command can be issued at any point during an active session. If you want the targets to be data consistent before removing their relationship, you must issue the Initiate Background Copy command if NOCOPY was specified, and then wait for the background copy to complete by checking the copying status of the pairs. Table 1-2 shows Metro Mirror commands. Table 1-2 Metro Mirror commands Command Meaning Recover Issue the Recover command to suspended sessions. This command performs the steps necessary to make the target available as the new primary site. Upon completion of this command, the session becomes Target Available. This command does not apply for SVC. Start Establishes a single-direction session with the hardware and begins the synchronization process between the source and target volumes. Start H1 → H2 Applies only to failover/failback BC sessions. Indicates the direction between two hosts in a Metro Mirror failover/fallback session. Start H2 → H1 Indicates direction of a failover/failback between two hosts in a Metro Mirror session. If the session has been recovered with the failover/failback function such that the production site is now H2, you can issue the Start H2-H1 command to start production on H2 and provide protection. This command is not supported for SVC. Stop Suspends updates to all the targets of pairs in a session. This command can be issued at any point during an active session. Note, however, that updates are not considered to be consistent. Suspend Causes all target volumes to remain at a data-consistent point and stops all data that is moving to the target volumes. This command can be issued at any point during a session when the data is actively being copied. Terminate Removes all physical copies from the hardware during an active session. If you want the targets to be data consistent before removing their relationship, you must issue the Suspend command, the Recover command, and then the Terminate command. Table 1-3 contains the Global Mirror commands. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 11
  • 26. Table 1-3 Global Mirror Command Meaning Recover Issue the Recover command to suspended sessions. This command performs the steps necessary to make the target available as the new primary site. Upon completion of this command, the session becomes Target Available. This command does not apply for SVC. Start Sets up all relationships in a single-direction session and begins the process necessary to start forming consistency groups on the hardware. Start H1 → H2 Indicates direction between two hosts in a Global Mirror failover/fallback session. Suspend Stops all consistency group formation when the data is actively being copied. This command can be issued at any point during a session when the data is actively being copied. Start H2 → H1 Indicates direction of a failover/failback session. If a recover has been performed on a session such that the production site is now H2, you can issue Start H2?H1 to start moving data back to Site 1. However, this start does not provide consistent protection as it copies only asynchronously back because of the long distance. An extended distance (XD) relationship is used. When you are ready to move production back to Site 1, issue a suspend to the session; this puts the relationships into a synchronized state and suspends them consistently. This command is not supported for SVC. Terminate Removes all physical copies from the hardware. This command can be issued at any point in an active session. If you want the targets to be data consistent before removing their relationship, you must issue the Suspend command, the Recover command, and then the Terminate command. 1.4 GUI overview The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication GUI is a Web based interface which presents the user with a single point of control to configure, manage and monitor copy services. The GUI reports on the status and availability of the administration components as well as management information for the established copy operations in real-time. The user interface consists of four main content panes: The masthead The navigation menu (labeled "My Work") Health Overview – Indicates the overall health of the system at all times The Work Area – Contains the interface elements to perform specific tasks 12 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 27. Figure 1-12 shows the HTML layout of the interface Figure 1-12 GUI Interface Layout 1.4.1 Health Overview panel The Health Overview panel is the first panel you see after you log in. This panel provides the following information: Overall session status: Indicates the session status, which can be normal, warning, or severe. Overall storage subsystem status: Indicates the connection status of the storage subsystem. Management server status (applicable only if you are using the TPC for Replication BC license). Note: With two TPC for Replication servers running and if you are logged on to the active server, this indicates the status of the standby server. If you are logged on to the standby server, this indicates the status of the active server. Status indicators are used to simply describe the various states for defined TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication components. In addition, various icons are used to represent the status and these are shown below in Table 1-4. Green - TPC Copy Services is in "normal" mode. The session is in Prepared state for all defined volumes and maintaining a current consistent copy of the data. Or, the session has successful processed a Recover command and is in TargetAvailable state with all volumes consistent and no exceptions. Yellow - TPC Copy Services is not maintaining a current consistent copy at this time but is working toward that goal. In other words, sessions may have volumes that are actively being copied or pending to be copied, there are no suspended volumes and copy services is temporarily inconsistent but actions are in place to come into duplex state. No action is required to make this become Green as states will automatically, without customer interaction, change the session to Green. Red - TPC Copy Services has one or more exceptions that need to be dealt with immediately. This could be one or more suspended volumes, a down session (both planned and unplanned), or a volume that should be copying and for some reason is not. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 13
  • 28. Table 1-4 TPC Symbols Symbol Meaning The sessions are in a normal state. The sessions are in the warning state. The sessions are in an error state. All storage subsystems can communicate with both the active and standby servers. At least one storage subsystem cannot communicate with the active servers. No storage subsystems are defined. The session is in an inactive state. The standby server is defined and synchronized. No standby server is defined. The standby server is synchronizing. 14 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 29. 1.5 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication console To assist you with diagnosis and problem determination, TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication provides a console which is opened its own window when the Console hyperlink is selected from the main GUI left-hand panel as shown in Figure 1-13. Figure 1-13 Console Selection As you undertake various actions within TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication you will find hyperlinks listed (such as adding Storage Subsystems) which will open the console page. In Figure 1-14 on page 15 you see a number of activities have occurred and the related messages. We can also see that the user ID being used is also displayed, in this case u703979. Figure 1-14 Console panel To assist in error correction, the console lists the message ID as hyperlinks. Clicking on these hyperlinks takes you to the associated Help panels as shown in Figure 1-15. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 15
  • 30. Figure 1-15 Help panel 1.5.1 Command line interface overview In addition to the GUI interface, a command line interface (CLI) is also provided with your installation. A command-line interface command consists of one to four types of components, arranged in the following order: The command name. One or more flags, each followed by any flag parameters it might require. The command parameter. Example 1-1 shows the CLI structure. Example 1-1 CLI structure csmcli command name -flag flag parameter -command parameter The command name specifies the task that the command-line interface is to perform. For example, lssess tells the command-line interface to list sessions, and mksess tells the command-line interface to create a session. Flags modify the command. They provide additional information that directs the command-line interface to perform the command task in a specific way. For example, the -v flag tells the command-line interface to display the command results in verbose mode. Some flags may be used with every command-line interface command. Others are specific to a command and are invalid when used with other commands. Flags are preceded by a hyphen (-), and may be followed immediately by space and a flag parameter. Flag parameters provide information that is required to implement the command modification that is specified by a flag. If you do not provide a parameter, then a default value is assumed. 16 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 31. For example, you can specify -v on, or -v off to turn verbose mode on or off; but if you specify -v only, then the flag parameter is assumed to be on. The command parameter provides basic information that is necessary to perform the command task. When a command parameter is required, it is always the last component of the command; and it is not preceded by a flag. Some commands permit multiple command parameters with each parameter separated by a blank space and not a comma (unlike flag parameters that allow multiple values). The CLI can be invoked in three different ways: Single-shot – cli> csmcli mkcpset –cptype fc mySession Script – cli> csmcli –script ~/scripts/volreport Interactive – cli> csmcli Full details of the CLI can be found in the manual IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Command-Line Interface User’s Guide, SC32-0104. Help can be obtained for the relevant syntax via the commands shown in Figure 1-16 on page 18. In the first command csmcli help, we request generic help and as a result we are presented with a list of valid commands. In the second instance we are requesting help on a specific command via the csmcli help rmsess. Chapter 1. TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication introduction 17
  • 32. C:CSM-CLI>csmcli help adddevice lsdevice lsvol rmsess chdevice lshaservers mkcpset rmsnmp chsess lslss mklogpkg rmstdby cmdsess lspair mkpath setasstdby exit lspath mksess setoutput hareconnect lsrolepairs mksnmp setparameter hatakeover lsrolescpset quit setstdby help lssess repcli showcpset lsavailports lssessactions rmcpset showdevice lscpset lssessdetails rmdevice showha lscptypes lssnmp rmpath showsess C:CSM-CLI>csmcli help rmsess rmsess Use the rmsess command to delete an existing session. Syntax >>-rmsess-- --+---------+-- --session_name--+-[...]-+---------->< '- -quiet-' '- -----' -quiet An optional parameter that turns off the confirmation prompt for this command. session_name [...] | - Specifies the session name to delete. Separate multiple session names with a white space between each name. Alternatively, use the dash (-) to specify that input for this parameter comes from an input stream (STDIN). You can use the rmsess command to delete an existing session. * Session session_name successfully deleted. * Session session_name does not exist. * Cannot delete a session currently in progress. Stop the session before attempting to delete it. An invocation example: rmsess session2 The resulting output: Are you sure you want to delete session session2? Y/N Y Session session2 successfully deleted. C:CSM-CLI> Figure 1-16 CSMCLI help 18 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 33. 2 Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning In this chapter we explain the necessary activities to successfully deploy TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication within your environment. This includes: Hardware and software requirements How to connect TPC for Replication servers to storage subsystems TPC for Replication licensing Additional planning information and documents which provide information about how to plan for TPC for Replication are listed in the bibliography under, “Related publications” on page 225. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 19
  • 34. 2.1 TPC for Replication installation planning The IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 installation is completed in two steps: 1. Installation of IBM DB2 UDB Express V8.2 2. Installation of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 and the optional upgrade to IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC. The following sections describe the hardware and software prerequisites for a successful installation. 2.2 Hardware and software requirements This section contains the hardware and software requirements for the TPC for Replication V3.1 servers and subsystems. Note that the hardware and software requirements for the TPC for Replication servers are the same for the back-up servers for a High Availability environment. Thus both the active and the standby servers need to meet all minimum requirements specified below. 2.2.1 Minimum hardware requirements These requirements must be met before installation of DB2 and TPC for Replication. For Windows and Linux: IBM eServer™ xSeries or other Intel® compatible Workstation with a 1.5 GHz Intel Pentium® III processor 2 GB RAM minimum 10 GB of disk space for TPC-RM code and DB2 UDB minimum CD-ROM drive For AIX: IBM eServer pSeries® server with IBM POWER4™ or IBM POWER5™ processor, 1 GHz 2 GB RAM minimum 10 GB of free disk space for TPC-RM code and DB2 UDB minimum 2.2.2 Operating system requirements One of the following operating systems is required for your TPC for Replication workstation or server: Windows 2003 Server Edition Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition SP1 AIX 5.3 ML3 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4, RHEL 4 with Update 1 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2 If you attempt to install TPC for Replication on a server that does not meet the operating system requirements, the message in Figure 2-1 on page 21 is displayed. 20 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 35. Figure 2-1 Error message for incompatible operating system 2.2.3 GUI Client software requirements This section details the GUI Client software requirements. Web browser requirements The following Web browsers are supported by TPC for Replication V3.1: Windows Internet Explorer® Version 6.02 or greater Mozilla Firefox Version 1.5 or greater FireFox Version 1.5 or greater Internet security settings Note that all connections between the server, clients and hardware components are secured via Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol. The default Internet Explorer security settings on Windows 2003 Server inhibit some GUI features from working properly. Therefore if you run the TPC for Replication GUI with Internet Explorer on Windows 2003 server, you need to lower your security settings. To lower your Internet Explorer browser security settings, open your Internet Explorer browser and click Tools → Internet Options. Click the Security tab. On the security Panel click the Custom Level button and this will open the Security Settings panel. Then select Low in the reset custom settings drop-down menu and then click the Reset button (see Figure 2-2). Figure 2-2 Resetting custom settings to Low Database requirements IBM DB2 UDB Express V8.2 is a required prerequisite for TPC for Replication. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 21
  • 36. When you install IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication a DB2 database instance is created as well. 2.2.4 Advanced Copy features and Licensed Internal Code requirements Your IBM Storage Subsystem(s) require advanced copy feature codes to support Copy Services like FlashCopy, Metro Mirror, and Global Mirror with ESS 800, DS6000, and DS8000. Note that Copy Services links are based on FCP only and there is no support any more for DS6000 and DS8000 with PPRC over ESCON®. You need corresponding SVC licenses for Copy Services when utilizing a SVC configuration. In order to support TPC for Replication the following minimum LIC levels are required: ESS 800 requires LIC level of 2.4.3.26 or greater DS6000 requires a code level 6.2.2.49 or later DS8000 requires a code level 6.2.200.99 or later DS8000 additionally requires feature codes 1801/1802/1803 for Ethernet adapter pairs to connect to TPC for Replication servers. See 2.3.6, “TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity” on page 27. 2.3 Connect servers to storage subsystems TPC for Replication is an outboard approach and its software runs on a dedicated server or on two servers for a high availability configuration. TPC for Replication servers connect through a LAN to the storage subsystems. When connecting to SAN Volume Controllers (SVCs), TPC for Replication connects to the SVC Master Console but not directly to the actual storage subsystems which are managed by the SVC. With the ESS800, DS6000 and DS8000, TPC for Replication connects through a LAN directly to the actual storage servers, although it is a bit different for each of the three storage servers (ESS 800, DS6000, and DS8000). The following sections discuss this in more detail. 2.3.1 Physical planning and firewall considerations Since TPC for Replication communicates down an IP path, you must ensure that your TPC for Replication Server has the necessary access to all required infrastructure. If you will be running in a High Availability environment where you have TPC for Replication installed on two servers with one server running in active mode and the second one in standby mode, make sure that both servers can communicate with each other and that they are authenticated through all firewalls. Remember that if the firewall times out on either server, it will require re-authentication to allow communication between servers. Also ensure that your ICAT server is authenticated to enable communication with the TPC for Replication server. The firewall may timeout and block communication, thus re-authentication is necessary to allow communication between servers. 22 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 37. 2.3.2 TCP/IP ports used by TPC for Replication TPC for Replication utilizes a range of ports to communicate with various aspects of the environment. In certain circumstances the TPC for Replication will spawn additional ports either locally or remotely for communication purposes. Since these ports are random, it may be necessary to establish a VPN between endpoints or put in place a firewall rule to ensure communications continue where firewalls are in the IP path. Table 2-1 TCP/IP ports Usage Port Direction TPC to SVC CIMOM 5999 bidirectional TPC to ESS/DS CCW 2433 bidirectional Remote CSMCLI to TPC 5110 bidirectional TPC to TPC (HA) 5120 bidirectional TPC GUI - HTTPS 9443 bidirectional TPC GUI - HTTP 9080 bidirectional SNMP 162 bidirectional 2.3.3 SAN Volume Controller We can see in Figure 2-3 that the communications interface between the SVC and TPC for Replication is the CIMOM installed on the SVC Master Console. SVC Master Console CIM/OM on TCP port 5999 TPC for Replication s mm P Co P/I TC 2145 TotalStorage 2145 TotalStorage 2145-ITSOSVC01 Figure 2-3 SVC communications We can see in Figure 2-4 on page 24 that the SVC IP connections for the Master Console and individual nodes must be network accessible. No additional SVC infrastructure is required. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 23
  • 38. Customer Network Segment 2145 Nodes TPC for Replication Server SVC Master Console Figure 2-4 SVC cabling 2.3.4 TPC for Replication Server and ESS 800 connectivity With the Enterprise Storage Server, ESS 800, the communications between the ESS and the TPC for Replication server is carried over a CCW interface to enable faster processing of application requests. In this case the TCP/IP port used is 2433. TPC for Replication ® TotalStorage I O I O TCP/IP Comms TCP 2433 IBM 2105-800 Figure 2-5 ESS communications As with the SVC the ESS subsystem will have established IP connectivity as part of its deployment. TPC for Replication needs access to the IP network to enable the two environments to communicate. We can once again see in Figure 2-6 the attachment schema. 24 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 39. 2105 Base Frame Customer Network Segment TPC for 800 CEC 800 CEC 800 CEC Replication Server Figure 2-6 ESS connectivity 2.3.5 TPC for Replication server and DS6000 connectivity As with the SVC and ESS 800 the DS6000 subsystem needs IP connectivity as part of its deployment. As such TPC for Replication requires access to the IP network to enable the two environments to communicate with each other. Figure 2-7 on page 26 displays the basic connectivity layout for TPC for Replication server and how to its connects to the DS6000. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 25
  • 40. 1750 Base Frame TPC for Customer Network Segment Replication Server DS SMC Figure 2-7 DS6000 connectivity Note that TPC for Replication does not connect to the SMC. The SMC as an external server does provide the interface to the DS6000 and through its software stack it offers access to the DS6000 controllers through the GUI or the DSCLI. Both applications execute against the SMC. As Figure 2-8 on page 27 shows this is different with TPC for Replication and how the server connects to the DS6000. TPC for Replication shares the same internal DS6000 network which the SMC already utilizes. But TPC for Replication communicates directly to the DS6000 servers which are server0 and server1 as shown in Figure 2-8 on page 27. 26 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 41. TPC for Replication Server [private] IP network SMC PowerPC PowerPC server0 server1 Ethernet ports DS6000 Note: the server locations are not drawn to scale to their actual physical locations Figure 2-8 TPC for Replication server connection to DS6000 After TPC for Replication server connects to the DS6000 network, define the storage server, here the DS6000, to the TPC for Replication server. 2.3.6 TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity The connectivity from a TPC for Replication server to a DS8000 is different from all other storage servers. The actual connectivity between the TPC for Replication server and the storage servers is based on particular Ethernet ports in the Series p in the DS80000. This particular Ethernet card is a new card and slides into the first slot out of these four or five slots in the p570 in the rear of the DS8000 base frame as Figure 2-9 on page 28 shows. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 27
  • 42. TPC for Replication Server [private] IP network Define Ethernet ports DSCLI GUI HMC Port ID Port ID I9801 I9B01 server0 server1 Port IP address Port IP address Series p Series p DS8000 Ethernet card Ethernet card I9802 I9B02 Note: the server locations are not drawn to scale to their actual physical locations Figure 2-9 Define Ethernet ports for TPC for Replication server connectivity to DS8000 The HMC is used to configure these new Ethernet ports. This is done either through the DSCLI or via the GUI. Note that this only assigns an IP address to the ports and also defines the internal DS8000 network of the DS8000, but does not actually connect the TPC for Replication server to the ports. Figure 2-9 shows that only the upper port in each Ethernet card is used and defined to which the TPC for Replication server later connects to and communicate directly to the DS8000 servers, server0 and server1. Once the Ethernet ports are defined and have an IP addressed assigned to then define the DS8000 to the TPC for Replication server through a corresponding task in the TPC for Replication server. 2.3.7 New DS8000 Ethernet card feature codes This new Ethernet card is required for TPC for Replication and available for the following DS8000 models: 921, 922, 931, and 932 with feature code 1801 for the Ethernet adapter pair. Note that you always need a pair of cards, because one Ethernet card installs in sever0 and a second card installs in server1 9A2 and 9B2 with feature code 1802 for the Ethernet adapter pair for the first LPAR. 9A2 and 9B2 with feature code 1803 for the Ethernet adapter pair for the second LPAR. These features are chargeable and carry a minimum monthly maintenance charge. This new Ethernet card may come installed from the plant site or they install concurrently in the field. 28 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 43. 2.3.8 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration You need to plan and install Ethernet cards in pairs for the DS8000 in order to connect to the TPC for Replication servers. Note you can perform the definition of the Ethernet ports at any time when these ports are installed and ready to be configured. TPC for Replication cannot connect to the DS8000 if these ports are not properly configured. These Ethernet cards are not required for other supported storage servers such as SVC, ESS 800, and DS6000. The TPC for Replication server connects to the existing internal network to the storage servers. This new Ethernet card may come already installed from the plant site or they install concurrently in the field. To configure the Ethernet ports Release 2 Licensed Internal Code is required for the DS8000. This is a code bundle which starts with 6.2.xxx.xx. Port numbers on the first card are I9801 and I9802. This is the card which installs in server0. Port numbers on the second card are I9B01 and I9B02. This is the card which installs in server1. Note that only the first port on each card is currently being used. Communication through these ports uses static IP addresses. DHCP is not supported. You may configure these new ports either through the GUI or the DSCLI. Note this is not done through the TPC for Replication server but through the management means provided through the DS8000 HMC. 2.3.9 Define a DS6000 to TPC-RM through the GUI The following GUI screen capture sequence shows the steps which are necessary to define a DS6000 to the TPC for Replication server. These screen captures look very similar to the windows which describe how to define an ESS 800 or a SVC to the TPC for Replication server. Figure 2-10 shows the window to start with. After logging in to the TPC-RM server through the GUI the Storage Subsystems overview displays four subsystems which are already defined to this TPC-RM server. To add another subsystem, click the Add Subsystem button. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 29
  • 44. Figure 2-10 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - start with Storage Subsystems in My Work Figure 2-11 is the next window which details the type of storage subsystem to add to TPC-RM. Because we plan to add a DS6000, we select the radio button for ESS or DS storage subsystems, and then click OK to continue. Figure 2-11 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - Select ESS / DS radio button Figure 2-12 displays the most important panel in this sequence of panels. Here you specify the connectivity details to define the DS6000, or a DS8000, to this TPC-RM server. 30 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 45. Figure 2-12 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - Details to connect RM server to DS6000 Note that the IP addresses you specify here are the IP addresses of the internal DS6000 servers. The panel in Figure 2-12 calls these servers Cluster 0 and Cluster 1. The port in Figure 2-12 is predefined and you do not change this number. The Username and Password have the following rules: During installation and setup of the DS6000 or when TPC-RM is going to be implemented the IBM CE defines through root level access to the Linux system in the DS6800 a file named /persost/etc/fccwUsers with two lines. a. The first line must contain the digit 1 in position 1 b. The second line contains the <Username> and <Password> which go into the panel as Figure 2-12 on page 31 displays. Note that there is only a single space between Username and Password and not a tab or any other separator character. A certain permission activates this setting which the IBM CE performs. Remember that this file has to go to both controllers. Example 2-1 shows an example of the DS6800 based username and password file. Example 2-1 DS6800 based file which contains username and password 1 tpc passw0rd In Figure 2-12 on page 31, you click OK when this is the only storage subsystem to connect for now, or you click Apply when you have to define another storage subsystem to this TPC for Replication server. In our scenario we click OK. The next window is shown in Figure 2-13. It shows the new box with a warning mark and in the process of Connecting. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 31
  • 46. Figure 2-13 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - RM server is about to connect to DS6000 After a brief period Figure 2-14 displays the final results. The newly added storage subsystem jumps to the top of the list and is now the fifth storage subsystem defined to this TPC for Replication server. Note that the UNKNOWN BOX changed to DS6000 storage server. Figure 2-14 Add Storage Subsystem to RM server - completed This completes the process to define a new storage subsystem, here a DS6000, to the STPC for Replication server. 32 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 47. 2.3.10 Define a DS8000 to TPC-RM through the GUI You define a DS8000 in exactly the same manner to the TPC for Replication server as the previously defined DS6000. As Figure 2-12 on page 31 shows you need a pair of IP addresses. In the case of a DS8000 this is not the internal servers IP address of the DS8000 but the IP address of the Ethernet ports which have been installed before. The only actual difference between DS6000 and DS8000 is the Username and password which you need to define a DS8000 to TPC for Replication servers. It is not a file as for the DS6000 but it is rather a static solution and follows these rules: Username is just a constant and the default username is tpcruser. Note the r between tpc and user. Password is the serial number of the storage facility image (SFI). Note that it is not the unit number. For example the unit number is 27550. Then the SFI is 27551. The SFI number is preceded by the code of the manufacturing site which is usually 75 for the European manufacturing site or a 13 when the DS8000 has been built in San Jose. The corresponding password in this case is then 7527551. This would go in Figure 2-12 on page 31 for username and password when you define a DS8000 to the TPC for Replication server. When you want to change the default username and password contact the IBM CE. With Release 2.4 of the DS8000 microcode you may alter the password without the help of an IBM CE. Release 2.4 provides a new DSCLI command to alter the password and Example 2-2 shows this new command. Example 2-2 New DSCLI command to alter the password setrmpw -dev sfi_image_id -server 0 | 1 | both -rmpw new_rm_password It is useful to specify both to create the same password for both DS8000 servers. Note that the username remains as tpcruser. Before discussing how to add a DS6000 or a DS8000 to a TPC for Replication server through the CSMCLI we briefly cover first some basics about the CSMCLI. 2.3.11 Invoke CSMCLI CSMCLI commands are usually invoked interactively or through scripts. We start first the scripts approach scripts which you may consider in a more automated or semi-automated way to manage a Copy Services environment. In the following examples we invoke the CSMCLI with the -script parameter which points to a file which contains the actual TPC-RM CSMCLI commands. Example 2-3 contains the actual script file with two commands. The setoutput command in this example causes the output to format with a delimiter, which is a comma by default. The actual command which provides output is a lsdevice command which lists all DS6000 and DS8000 which are currently defined to the TPC-RM server. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 33
  • 48. Example 2-3 Script file lsdevice.txt with delimiter separator request for output # # list device # ----------- setoutput -fmt delim lsdevice -l -devtype ds # ------------------------ end of script ----------------------------- 2.4 TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication licensing IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC use a new capacity pricing model. The new model consists of six tiers, which are to be used cumulatively. All tiers must be used, in order, to get to the desired total amount of terabytes (TBs). This model will help ease the pricing for larger environments or as your environment grows. 251+ Managed Terabytes 101-250 65-100 33-64 13-32 1-12 Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier 5 Tier 6 Figure 2-15 License tiering methodology 2.5 Pre-installation steps Before you begin the installation of IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication, ensure that the system environment is set correctly and install the prerequisite applications. Complete the following steps to ensure your system environment is ready. Ensure you have authority to log on as a local administrator with Administrator authority for Windows systems or root authority for Linux and AIX systems. Ensure that you do not have any port conflicts. See “TCP/IP ports used by TPC for Replication” on page 23 to see the list of ports used by TPC for Replication. To find the port numbers used in a Windows system use the netstat command as shown in 34 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 49. Example 2-4. This example shows that all these ports are already active which tells us this system has a TPC for Replication server installed and active. Example 2-4 Check port assignments in the system which is going to host TPC-RM server C:>netstat -a Active Connections TCP Stops:5110 Stops:0 LISTENING TCP Stops:5120 Stops:0 LISTENING ..... TCP Stops:9080 Stops:0 LISTENING ..... TCP Stops:9443 Stops:0 LISTENING ..... TCP Stops:1258 9.155.51.58:2433 ESTABLISHED TCP Stops:1259 9.155.51.59:2433 ESTABLISHED ..... TCP Stops:5110 Stops:1050 ESTABLISHED TCP Stops:5110 Stops:1286 ESTABLISHED TCP Stops:5110 Stops:1689 ESTABLISHED .... C:> Ensure your TPC for Replication servers meet all minimum hardware and software requirements as described in 2.2, “Hardware and software requirements” on page 20. Ensure your server(s) are authenticated if behind a firewall and that it can communicate with your storage devices and with your secondary server if running in High Availability mode. Ensure your storage devices have the advanced copy feature codes and licenses installed. You are now ready to install DB2 and IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. Chapter 2. TPC for Replication planning 35
  • 50. 36 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 51. 3 Chapter 3. Installation on Linux This chapter takes you through the installation of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on the Linux platform. In our example we used SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9. The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication (TPC for Replication) product utilizes DB2 as its information repository. Therefore DB2 is an installation prerequisite for the installation of TPC for Replication. After installing DB2 you complete the installation of TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication in two parts: TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Basic TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Two Site BC © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 37
  • 52. 3.1 DB2 installation As we stated previously, DB2 must be installed before you install TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. Should you attempt to install TPC for Replication without DB2 installed, you will receive the following message as shown in Figure 3-1. Figure 3-1 TPC for Replication - DB2 warning window For installation on Linux, you begin the installation of DB2 by starting the db2setup command, as shown in Figure 3-2, from the db2_82_express directory found within your installation package or CD. sles9spig:/media/cdrom/db2_82_express # ./db2setup Figure 3-2 Running the db2setup command The following figures contain the installation windows for the installation of DB2 UDB on to your designated TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Linux server. Upon starting the command db2setup, the DB2 launchpad window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-3 on page 39. 38 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 53. Figure 3-3 DB2 UDB Launchpad From this window, select and click the Install Product tab located on the left-hand side of the launchpad window as shown in Figure 3-3 After clicking Install Product you will see the DB2 UDB Express Setup window as shown in Figure 3-4. Figure 3-4 DB2 UDB installation Click the Next button, you will see the DB2 Setup Wizard panel as shown in Figure 3-5 on page 40. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 39
  • 54. Figure 3-5 DB2 UDB Welcome to the DB2 Setup wizard Click the Next button and the Licensing window is displayed as in Figure 3-6. Figure 3-6 DB2 UDB Software License Agreement Read and accept the licensing terms, then click Next to continue. The Select the installation type window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-7 on page 41. 40 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 55. Figure 3-7 DB2 UDB Select the installation type We recommend that you select Typical as your installation type as this will install all the prerequisite components needed for your TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Server to function. Upon selection of Typical, click the Next button to display the Set user information for the DB2 Administration Server window as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 DB2 UDB Set user information for the DB2 Administration Server Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 41
  • 56. Enter the desired settings for this user ID and click the Next button. This will display the Set up a DB2 instance window as shown in Figure 3-9. Figure 3-9 DB2 UDB Set up a DB2 instance Select Create a DB2 instance and click the Next button to display the Set user information for the DB2 instance owner as shown in Figure 3-10. Figure 3-10 DB2 UDB Set user information for the DB2 instance owner 42 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 57. Type in desired settings for this user ID and click the Next button to display the Set user information for the fenced user window as shown in Figure 3-11. Figure 3-11 DB2 UDB Set user information for the fenced user Type in desired settings for this user ID and click the Next button to display the Start copying files window as shown in Figure 3-12 on page 44. Should you want to change anything specific, now is your last chance. If you are satisfied with the options and configurations which you have supplied previously, select the Finish button to proceed with the DB2 installation. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 43
  • 58. Figure 3-12 DB2 UDB Installation and configuration summary Once all the files are installed, the Setup is Complete window is displayed as shown in Figure 3-13. From here, click the Finish button. Figure 3-13 DB2 UDB installation complete You have now completed the prerequisite DB2 installation and are now ready to install TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. 44 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 59. 3.2 TPC for Replication installation Before starting the installation you should verify that host name can be resolved. If you are not using DNS you should check for correct entry in /etc/hosts file. The example of /etc/hosts file for our installation is shown in Figure 3-14. sles9spig:~ # cat /etc/hosts # # hosts This file describes a number of hostname-to-address # mappings for the TCP/IP subsystem. It is mostly # used at boot time, when no name servers are running. # On small systems, this file can be used instead of a # "named" name server. # Syntax: # # IP-Address Full-Qualified-Hostname Short-Hostname # 127.0.0.1 localhost # special IPv6 addresses ::1 localhost ipv6-localhost ipv6-loopback fe00::0 ipv6-localnet ff00::0 ipv6-mcastprefix ff02::1 ipv6-allnodes ff02::2 ipv6-allrouters ff02::3 ipv6-allhosts 172.31.4.63 sles9spig.site sles9spig Figure 3-14 /etc/hosts To start the Linux installation of TPC for Replication V3.1, run the setuplinux.bin found in the source installation directory or CD as shown in Figure 3-15. sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ll total 47141 dr-xr-xr-x 9 root root 2048 May 31 00:37 . drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 96 Aug 10 2005 .. dr-xr-xr-x 12 root root 2048 May 31 00:40 .rr_moved dr-xr-xr-x 20 root root 4096 May 22 16:53 EmbeddedExpress_linux_ia32 dr-xr-xr-x 2 root root 2048 May 30 23:05 Scripts dr-xr-xr-x 7 root root 2048 May 30 23:05 TPCRM dr-xr-xr-x 4 root root 2048 May 22 16:54 db2_82_express dr-xr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 May 22 16:54 eula -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 48249856 May 30 23:00 setuplinux.bin dr-xr-xr-x 2 root root 4096 May 30 23:05 supportfiles sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ./setuplinux.bin Figure 3-15 TPC for Replication directory Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 45
  • 60. After the start of installation Welcome window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-16 on page 46. Figure 3-16 TPC for Replication Welcome window Click Next to continue installation. In this step the installation program will check your system for prerequisites. If your system has all the required prerequisites you will see window similar to Figure 3-17. Figure 3-17 TPC for Replication System prerequisites check Click Next to continue installation and the License window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-18 on page 47. 46 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 61. Figure 3-18 TPC for Replication License window Read and accept the license, then click Next to continue. The installation program will check for the presence of DB2 and report findings as shown in Figure 3-19. Figure 3-19 TPC for Replication DB2 check Click Next to continue the installation. The Target directory window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-20 on page 48. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 47
  • 62. Figure 3-20 TPC for Replication Target directory Specify the desired target directory. In our example we accepted the defaults as shown in Figure 3-20. Once the target directory is specified click Next to continue the installation. The DB2 user window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-21. Figure 3-21 TPC for Replication DB2 user Type in the user ID and password for the DB2 instance user which will be used to create the TPC for Replication database. When you are done click Next to continue, the Ports window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-22 on page 49. 48 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 63. Figure 3-22 TPC for Replication Ports On this panel you can specify ports needed for installation of Embedded WebSphere Express V6.0. Embedded WAS is used by TPC for Replication in order to perform its functions. It is recommended that you accept default values unless you have specific needs. Once the ports are defined click Next to continue, the Database window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-23. Figure 3-23 TPC for Replication Database Type in the database name and click Next to continue. The CSM User window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-24 on page 50. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 49
  • 64. Figure 3-24 TPC for Replication CSM User CSM User is used to authenticate in TPC for Replication. Enter the desired user ID and password. If user ID does not exist on the system it will be created. Once the user ID is defined, click Next to continue. The Group window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-25. Figure 3-25 TPC for Replication Group Enter the group name for the users of TPC for Replication. The users who are members of this group will be able to access the TPC for Replication application. If the group does not exist on the system it will be created. Once the group is defined, click Next to continue. The Summary window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-26 on page 51. 50 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 65. Figure 3-26 TPC for Replication Summary Should you want to change anything specific, now is your last chance. If you are happy with the options and configurations which you have supplied previously, click the Install button to proceed with the TPC for Replication installation. During the installation the database parameters will be updated as shown in Figure 3-27. Click OK to continue. Figure 3-27 TPC for Replication Database parameters As the installation progresses the installation Progress window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-28 on page 52. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 51
  • 66. Figure 3-28 TPC for Replication Progress Once the installation is finished the Installation summary window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-29. Click Finish to end the installation. Figure 3-29 TPC for Replication Installation summary Congratulations. You have now completed the Linux Server, TPC for Replication installation. 3.2.1 Verify the installation You can check if the installation was successful by pointing your Web browser to the following address: https://hostname:9443/CSM/WelcomePage.jsp, where hostname is the name or IP of the server where you performed installation of TPC for Replication. After doing that you should see a window similar to Figure 3-30 on page 53. 52 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 67. Figure 3-30 TPC for Replication Logon window 3.3 TPC for Replication Two site BC installation If you want to utilize the TPC for Replication Business Continuity feature which allows the use of a standby server in case of a disaster, you need to install the advanced version of TPC for Replication. If you previously installed the basic version this can be upgraded to advanced version. In this section we describe the upgrade process. The difference between basic and advanced version is only in licenses. The upgrade process will just install the necessary licenses. To start the upgrade to advanced version, run the setuplinux.bin found in the source installation directory or CD as shown in Figure 3-31. sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ll total 129768 dr-xr-xr-x 3 root root 2048 May 31 00:11 . drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 96 Aug 10 2005 .. dr-xr-xr-x 3 root root 2048 May 26 01:05 TPCRM -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 43243520 May 26 00:54 setupaix.bin -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 48126976 May 26 00:54 setuplinux.bin -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 41506850 May 26 00:54 setupwin32.exe sles9spig:/media/cdrom # ./setuplinux.bin Figure 3-31 TPC for Replication Two site BC installation After the start of installation the Welcome window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-32 on page 54. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 53
  • 68. Figure 3-32 TPC for Replication AE Welcome window Click Next to continue the installation. In this step the installation program will check your system for prerequisites. If your system has all the necessary prerequisites you will see a window similar to Figure 3-33. Figure 3-33 TPC for Replication AE System prerequisites check Click Next to continue installation and the License window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-34 on page 55. 54 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 69. Figure 3-34 TPC for Replication AE License window Read and accept the license, then click Next to continue, the Path window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-35. Figure 3-35 TPC for Replication AE Path window Type in the absolute path where you installed TPC for Replication basic version. In our example this was /opt/IBM/TPC-RM. Click Next to continue. The Summary window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-36 on page 56. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 55
  • 70. Figure 3-36 TPC for Replication AE Summary Should you want to change anything specific, now is your last chance. If you are satisfied with the options and configurations which you previously entered, click the Install button to proceed with the TPC for Replication AE installation. During installation a Progress window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-37. Figure 3-37 TPC for Replication AE Progress Once the installation is finished the Installation summary window will be displayed as shown in Figure 3-38 on page 57. Click Finnish to end the installation. 56 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 71. Figure 3-38 TPC for Replication AE Installation summary Congratulations. You have now completed the Linux Server, TPC for Replication AE installation. Chapter 3. Installation on Linux 57
  • 72. 58 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 73. 4 Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux After you have successfully installed the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server, there are configuration tasks that need to be completed before you can start using the function. This chapter provides the basics for configuring your replication environment and getting started using the function. These tasks include: Define the Ethernet ports which are unique to the DS8000 setup for TPC for Replication server connectivity. This applies to the DS8000 only and is independent from the server platform on which the TPC for Replication code performs. Setting up user accounts on CIMOM servers and the storage subsystems Setting up additional user accounts on the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server Logging on to the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server Setting up the standby server Remote installation and customizing of the CLI © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 59
  • 74. 4.1 DS8000 Ethernet card configuration As outlined in 2.3.6, “TPC for Replication server and DS8000 connectivity” on page 27 you need to plan and install Ethernet cards in pairs for the DS8000 in order to connect to the TPC for Replication servers. Note you can perform the definition of the Ethernet ports at any time when these ports are installed and ready to be configured. TPC for Replication cannot connect to the DS8000 if these ports are not properly configured. These Ethernet cards are not required for other supported storage servers such as SVC, ESS 800, and DS6000. The TPC for Replication server connects to the existing internal network to the storage servers. This new Ethernet card may come already installed from the plant site or they install concurrently in the field. To configure the Ethernet ports Release 2 Licensed Internal Code is required for the DS8000. This is a code bundle which starts with 6.2.xxx.xx. Port numbers on the first card are I9801 and I9802. This is the card which installs in server0. Port numbers on the second card are I9B01 and I9B02. This is the card which installs in server1. Note that only the first port on each card is currently being used. Communication through these ports uses static IP addresses. DHCP is not supported. You may configure these new ports either through the GUI or the DSCLI. Note this is not done through the TPC for Replication server but through the management means provided through the DS8000 HMC. 4.1.1 Use GUI to define Ethernet ports The GUI provides a new panel to configure the required IP addresses. Under the Manage hardware application select Storage Image. Under Storage Image is a new Configure Network Port panel. Figure 4-1 on page 61 shows the Manage hardware application under which you select Storage images. 60 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 75. Figure 4-1 Select Storage images to get to the network configuration panel Figure 4-2 displays the next panel where you select the storage image before you open the Select Action window. Figure 4-2 Select Configure network ports Have the following information available to fill in the next panel as shown in Figure 4-3 on page 62. IP address which is assigned to the Ethernet card port for each server Internal DS8000 gateway IP address and subnet mask Optionally the IP addresses of primary DNS and secondary DNS Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 61
  • 76. Figure 4-3 Ethernet port setup through the GUI Click OK and this will complete the GUI walk through on how to define an Ethernet port to get ready for TPC-RM server connection to the DS8000. Repeat this sequence of panels in the same fashion for the second Ethernet port for the other server. 4.1.2 Use DSCLI to define Ethernet ports The DSCLI provides the following commands to manage these new network ports. Again these commands are DS6000 and DS8000 DSCLI commands and are not available through the TPC for Replication CLI, CSMCLI. lsnetworkport -l This command shows the server associations, physical port location, and all IP address setting for all ports on the queried Storage Image Facility. An example is shown in Example 4-2 on page 63. shownetworkport This command shows the server association, physical location, and IP addresses for a particular port on the Ethernet card. An example is shown in Example 4-3 on page 64 setnetworkport This command configures the network ports. Example 4-1 on page 63 displays a command example and configures the first port on the Ethernet card in server0. Figure 4-4 on page 63 provides an overview of the setnetworkport command (refer to Example 4-1 on page 63). 62 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 77. Replication Manager Server setnetworkport -ipaddr 9.155.86.128 ... N9801 [private] IP network DSCLI GUI HMC Port ID Ethernet ports N9801 9.155.86.128 server0 server1 Series p Series p DS8000 Ethernet card Ethernet card I9802 Note: the server locations are not drawn to scale to their real physical locations Figure 4-4 Define Ethernet port attached to server 0 in DS8000 Remember to perform a second DSCLI command to define the first Ethernet port in the second Ethernet card attached to server 1. Example 4-1 The setnetworkport command example dscli> setnetworkport -dev IBM.2107-7520781 -ipaddr 9.155.86.128 -gateway 9.155.86.1 -subnet 255.255.255.0 -primary 9.64.163.21 -secondary 9.64.162.21 N9801 Example 4-2 shows sample output of the lsnetworkport which provides an overview of all available Ethernet ports on the concerned storage image facility. Example 4-2 Output of lsnetworkport command dscli> lsnetworkport Date/Time: 10 November 2006 03:03:32 CET IBM DSCLI Version: 5.2.200.308 DS: IBM.2107-7520781 ID IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS State ============================================================================= I9801 9.155.86.128 255.255.255.0 9.155.86.1 9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21 Online I9802 0.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21 Offline I9B01 9.155.86.129 255.255.255.0 9.155.86.1 9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21 Online I9B02 0.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 9.64.163.21 9.64.162.21 Offline Example 4-3 on page 64 shows sample output example of shownetworkport which provides an overview of all settings for a particular Ethernet port. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 63
  • 78. Example 4-3 Output of shownetworkport command for a particular Ethernet port dscli> shownetworkport i9801 Date/Time: 10 November 2006 03:08:06 CET IBM DSCLI Version: 5.2.200.308 DS: IBM.2107-7520781 ID I9801 IP Address 9.155.86.128 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Gateway 9.155.86.1 Primary DNS 9.64.163.21 Secondary DNS 9.64.162.21 State Online Server 00 Speed 1 Gb/sec Type Ethernet-Copper Location U7879.001.DQD0A40-P1-C1-T1 Example 4-4 shows the shownetworkport command output of an unused and not explicitly configured Ethernet port. Example 4-4 shownetworkport output of an inactive and not configured Ethernet port dscli> shownetworkport i9802 Date/Time: 10 November 2006 03:11:40 CET IBM DSCLI Version: 5.2.200.308 DS: IBM.2107-7520781 ID I9802 IP Address 0.0.0.0 Subnet Mask 255.0.0.0 Gateway 0.0.0.0 Primary DNS 9.64.163.21 Secondary DNS 9.64.162.21 State Offline Server 00 Speed 1 Gb/sec Type Ethernet-Copper Location U7879.001.DQD0A40-P1-C1-T2 This definition process is only required once for each DS8000 which will be connected to a TPC for Replication server. At this point we have not connected the TPC for Replication server, but it should be ready at this point. 4.2 Storage subsystem setup Before you can use TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication to manage your storage subsystems, you need to define accounts to be used by TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server to access them. You can use existing accounts, but it is recommended to create separate accounts for TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server usage. These accounts are later used when you define storage subsystems in TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server. The following sections describe how to define new accounts for various storage subsystems. 64 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 79. 4.2.1 SAN Volume Controller To define an account for TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server for your SAN Volume Controller (SVC) you need to start the SVC Console by pointing your Web browser to the following address: http://hostname:9080/ica/Login Where, hostname is the name or IP address of your SAN Volume Controller Master Console or another server where SAN Volume Controller Console code is installed. You will a see window similar to Figure 4-5. Figure 4-5 SAN Volume Controller Console logon window Logon with the superuser ID, you will a see window similar to Figure 4-6 on page 66. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 65
  • 80. Figure 4-6 SAN Volume Controller Console Select Users link and a window similar to Figure 4-7 on page 67 will be displayed. To add a user, select the action Add a User from the Select Action menu. Click Go to continue. 66 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 81. Figure 4-7 SAN Volume Controller Console Users The Users Introduction window is displayed as shown in Figure 4-8. Click Next to continue. Figure 4-8 SAN Volume Controller Console Add User Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 67
  • 82. The Define Users is the next window as show in Figure 4-9. Type in the new User Name and Password. Click Next to continue. Figure 4-9 SAN Volume Controller Console New User The next panel allows you to assign administrator roles to the user being created as shown in Figure 4-10 on page 69. Under Candidate Clusters select the SAN Volume Controller cluster this user will be able to manage with Administrative role, and click Add to add them to Administrator Clusters. In our example we selected two clusters with names SSCLAB-SVC1 and SVCLAB-SVC2. Click Next to continue. 68 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 83. Figure 4-10 SAN Volume Controller Console Administrator Roles The Assign service roles window as shown in Figure 4-11 on page 70 is displayed. For the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server you do not need to define any Service roles. Click Next to continue. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 69
  • 84. Figure 4-11 SAN Volume Controller Console Service Roles The Verify user roles panel is displayed, as shown in Figure 4-12 on page 71. If you want to change any of the user properties, now is your last chance. If you are happy with the user and the options you have specified, click Finish to save the user. 70 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 85. Figure 4-12 SAN Volume Controller Console Verify Roles The Viewing Users window (see Figure 4-13 on page 72) will be displayed. This new user, in our example tpcrm, can be used in the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server when defining the SAN Volume Controller storage subsystem. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 71
  • 86. Figure 4-13 SAN Volume Controller Console New User Defined 4.3 User management During initial TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication installation you have defined or created a user ID which will be used with the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server. In our example this was the new csmuser. As you can see from Figure 4-14, the installation program created the user on the system. csmuser:x:1000:100::/home/csmuser:/bin/bash Figure 4-14 TPC for Replication initial user During initial installation you also specified the user group ID. All members of this user group can use TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server. In our example this was rmuser, as you can see from Figure 4-15, the installation program created the group on the system and also included the initial user into that group. rmgroup:!:1000:csmuser Figure 4-15 TPC for Replication User Group If you want to create additional user IDs for your environment, it is simply a case of creating new users on the TPC for Replication Server and assigning them to the group specified during installation, in our example rmgroup. You can create new users by using your Linux 72 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 87. distribution specific tools or by using standard Linux commands. This can be seen in the following screens. In Figure 4-16 we create a user ID tpcrmuser, with the useradd command. sles9spig:/ # useradd tpcrmuser -s /bin/false sles9spig:/ # cat /etc/passwd root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash . . tpcrmuser:x:1002:100::/home/tpcrmuser:/bin/false Figure 4-16 Adding New User As you can see from our example the tpcrmuser we added does not have shell defined. This means that it cannot actually login to the server itself. It will be only used for accessing the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication server. The new user has to have a valid password defined. We defined a new password with the passwd command as shown in Figure 4-17. sles9spig:/ # passwd tpcrmuser Changing password for tpcrmuser. New password: Re-enter new password: Password changed Figure 4-17 Defining Password for New User Next we add the new user to the rmgroup group as shown in Figure 4-18 sles9spig:/ # usermod tpcrmuser -G rmgroup sles9spig:/ # cat /etc/group root:x:0: . . rmgroup:!:1000:csmuser,tpcrmuser Figure 4-18 Adding New User to rmgroup Finally we can use the new user to sign in to the TPC for Replication application as shown in Figure 4-19 on page 74. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 73
  • 88. Figure 4-19 TPC for Replication Signon 4.4 Signing on to TPC for Replication GUI interface There are essentially two ways to signing in to your TPC for Replication server. But all GUI access utilizes a Web browser. You can sign on: Locally at the server Remotely and securely through a network attached computer Figure 4-20 TPC for Replication Sign In 74 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 89. In all the following examples the WebSphere application name CSM is used (not csm). The application name is case sensitive. In the first instance (Figure 4-21) you see a sign in via the local host attachment. Figure 4-21 Localhost In Figure 4-22 we can see that the DNS entry for the TPC for Replication server is called along with the secure TCP/IP port is used. Figure 4-22 Computername In the third example (Figure 4-23), an IP address is used to sign in to the application. Figure 4-23 IP address A secure session establishment will require you to accept the certificate as shown in Figure 4-24. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 75
  • 90. Figure 4-24 Session Certificate 4.5 Setting up a TPC for Replication Standby Server To support High available environments TPC for Replication Two Site BC provides you with the ability to define and use standby servers. A standby server is a separate instance of TPC for Replication that runs on a different physical server, but is continuously synchronized with the primary TPC for Replication server. Figure 4-25 on page 76 shows our Master / Standby server setup. The colored boxes on the servers represent application spawned ports to enable the transfer of data to be passed between them. Additional ports (for communications with the storage subsystems) will be opened by the standby server as the two servers are synchronizing. Figure 4-25 Standby Setup With high availability, the active server issues commands and processes events while the standby server records the changes to the active servers. Then, if the active server fails, you issue a Takeover command to make the standby server take over. 76 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 91. In an environment with high availability enabled, when the connection between the active and standby servers breaks (instead of the active server failing), and you perform a Takeover command from the standby server, you must ensure that you do not have two active servers as a result. Two active servers can result when the connection between them breaks. But if both servers remain functional, you need to perform a set standby action for one of the active servers, and then the connection will be reestablished. If you do not, both active servers will be trying to manage the defined sessions. In addition, if you perform an action on either server while they are disconnected, the servers would not be in synch. If you must perform a takeover and use the standby server, ensure that you shut down the active server first. 4.6 Remote CLI installation To install the CLI code on workstation other than your TPC for Replication Server, complete the following steps: Create a CLI folder on your machine, for example CSMCLI. Copy the entire TPC CLI program subfolder including sub directories into your local CLI directory as shown in Figure 4-26 on page 77. Figure 4-26 CLI directory Copy the csmcli.bat into your local CLI directory. Edit the CSMJDK and CSMCLI location lines in csmcli.bat to meet your local directory structure. An example is shown in Example 4-5. Example 4-5 CSMCLI.bat REM ************************************************************** REM Set up the environment for this specific configuration. Both REM JAVA_HOME and CSMCLI_HOME must be defined in environment variables. REM ************************************************************** set CSMJDK=c:Program FilesJavaj2re1.4.2_06 Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 77
  • 92. if "%CSMJDK%"=="" GOTO ERROR_JAVA set CSMCLI=c:CSM-CLI if "%CSMCLI%"=="" GOTO ERROR_CLI set PATH=%CSMCLI%lib;%PATH% Edit the repcli.properties file to include your environment variables (for example username/password) as shown in Figure 4-27. The server name must be the fully qualified DNS entry or the actual IP address of the TPC for Replication server. The port must not be changed as this is a system setting used to communicate with the TPC for Replication Server. Figure 4-27 repcli.properties file Verify the CSMCLI works by starting it up from a command prompt. A successful installation should start the CLI interface as shown in Figure 4-28. Figure 4-28 CSMCLI prompt The CSMCLI uses Java™ Keystores to provide authentication regime for the session. The CSMCLI establishes an SSL link for the term of the session as shown in Figure 4-29. 78 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 93. TPC for CSMCLI Replication User SSL session to port 5110 On TPC for Replication Server csmTrust.jks Figure 4-29 CSMCLI communications When you start a CSMCLI session, a communication session is established between a local port (random) and the remote port 5110 on the TPC for Replication Server. We can see in Figure 4-30, a number of local address and port combinations but the destination address is always the same combination. Figure 4-30 CSM ports 4.7 TPC for Replication Logging In the course of your usage you may need to obtain information about the operations of the TPC for Replication server. Since the CSM application is running within WebSphere, the relevant log files are stored within the WAS directories as we can see in Figure 4-31 on page 80. Chapter 4. Configuration and usage basics on Linux 79
  • 94. Figure 4-31 WAS logs Additionally as shown in Figure 4-32, the various CSM trace files provide a useful diagnostic tool. Figure 4-32 CSM trace files 80 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 95. 5 Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux At this point you have successfully installed the TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication. In this chapter we show you how to set up and manage replication sessions. The chapter contains a section for each supported subsystem. At the time of writing, this includes: SAN Volume Controller (SVC) ESS 800 Scenarios are included that document the work we completed in our lab environment using: GUI configuration CLI configuration Flashcopy Metro Mirror © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 81
  • 96. 5.1 TPC for Replication and SAN Volume Controller As we have seen in the planning section, the TPC for Replication tool communicates with the SAN Volume Controller (SVC) via CIMOM, which is installed on the SVC Master Console as shown in Figure 5-1. Figure 5-1 IP connectivity for TPC for Replication and SVC Within this chapter we will show you how to perform the following using both the GUI and CLI interfaces: Add an SVC to your TPC for Replication environment Create and delete SVC sessions Create and delete SVC Copy Sets Manipulate the created sessions Our lab setup can be seen in Figure 5-2 on page 83 82 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 97. Figure 5-2 ITSO Linux Lab setup 5.1.1 Adding the SAN Volume Controller using the Linux GUI Start your Web browser and sign on to the TPC for Replication server. Once you are signed on, select the Storage Subsystems from either the Navigation Menu or the Work Area as shown in Figure 5-3 on page 84. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 83
  • 98. Figure 5-3 TPC for Replication Health Overview After selecting Storage Subsystems a window similar to Figure 5-4 on page 85 will be displayed. Click Add Subsystem to continue. 84 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 99. Figure 5-4 TPC for Replication Storage Subsystems In the next panel select the radio button next to SVC (SAN Volume Controller) as shown in Figure 5-5 and click OK to continue. Figure 5-5 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 85
  • 100. Now enter the IP address (or the fully qualified name) of the SVC Master Console or the server where the SVC CIMOM is installed as well as the defined user account and password for TPC for Replication’s use as shown in Figure 5-6. Click OK to continue. Figure 5-6 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem (SVC) In our example we used http (unsecure) protocol for accessing the SVC CIMOM. It is also possible to use https (secure) protocol. To use the secure protocol you need to use port 5999 instead of port 5989. Click OK to continue to the panel in Figure 5-7 on page 87. Note the SVC has been defined and the TPC for Replication server is connecting to it. 86 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 101. Figure 5-7 TPC for Replication SVC Subsystem Added When the SVC is successfully connected, this will be reflected in the Health Overview panel as shown in Figure 5-8. Figure 5-8 TPC for Replication SVC Subsystem Connected Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 87
  • 102. The green checkmark beside Storage Subsystems means that our SVC Subsystem is successfully connected. 5.1.2 Adding the SVC with the Linux CLI Using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result as with the GUI. For this effort we have created a script file which can be seen in Figure 5-9. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat addsvc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Replication # setoutput -fmt delim -v on adddevice -devtype SVC -ip 172.31.4.54 -username tpcrm -port 5989 lsdevice -devtype svc Figure 5-9 Add SVC Subsystem script While we can setup a script to perform this, because the adddevice command requires a password, it must be added interactively as shown in Figure 5-10. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addsvc.txt Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcrm: Figure 5-10 Add Subsystem script Once the password is entered correctly we see the result as shown in Figure 5-11. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addsvc.txt Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcrm: IWNH1000I [Jun 17, 2006 1:21:23 PM] The command completed successfully. Device ID,Device type ===================== SVC:BOX:172.31.4.54,SVC Figure 5-11 CLI result 5.1.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using the GUI Now that we have a subsystem to use, we can create a session to meet our copy services requirements. Remember that a Session is the highest order component. As such, it represents a consistency group for all copy sets defined within it. In this instance, we will create a FlashCopy Session as shown in Figure 5-12 on page 89. 88 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 103. Figure 5-12 Flashcopy ITSO Linux lab setup The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel as shown in Figure 5-13. Figure 5-13 TPC for Replication Sessions This will open a new panel where you choose the session type to add as shown in Figure 5-14 on page 90. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 89
  • 104. Figure 5-14 TPC for Replication Create Session Select your Session Type, in our example Flash Copy, and click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-15 will be displayed. Figure 5-15 TPC for Replication Create Session Properties 90 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 105. Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box. Click Next to continue. The session will be created and the window similar to Figure 5-16 will be displayed. Figure 5-16 TPC for Replication Session Created Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process. 5.2 Adding a FlashCopy session using the Linux CLI Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-17. Note that we have added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one has been created. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat createfcsession.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype fc -desc FLASHCOPY1 FLASHCOPY1 lssess -l Figure 5-17 Add FC Session script file The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-18 on page 92. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 91
  • 106. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createfcsession.txt IWNR1021I [Jun 17, 2006 4:05:33 PM] Session FLASHCOPY1 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No Figure 5-18 FC Session CLI result 5.2.1 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create copy sets within the session. First you need to select the session, in our example FLASHCOPY1, to which you want to add copy sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu as shown in Figure 5-19. Figure 5-19 TPC for Replication Add Copy Sets Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy sets as shown in Figure 5-20 on page 93. In this window we define the source subsystems using the first drop-down menu. 92 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 107. Figure 5-20 TPC for Replication Source SVC Select your source SAN Volume Controller, in our example we selected SVC:BOX:172.31.41.3. The Host 1 IO group pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-21. Figure 5-21 TPC for Replication Source SVC IO Group Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 93
  • 108. From the Host 1 I/O group pull-down menu, select your source SVC I/O group. We selected SVC:IOGROUP:172.32.41.3:0. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu becomes available as shown in Figure 5-22. Select your source volume, we selected TPCRM1 volume. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions as shown in Figure 5-23 on page 95. Figure 5-22 TPC for Replication SVC Source Volume 94 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 109. Figure 5-23 TPC for Replication Target SVC Select your target SAN Volume Controller from the Target 1 storage subsystem pull-down menu. We selected SVC:BOX:172.31.41.3. The Target1 IO group pull-down menu becomes available as shown in Figure 5-24 on page 96. Note: As you can see in our example only one SAN Volume Controller is available for target selection. The reason for this is that FlashCopy operation can only be performed within the same SAN Volume Controller cluster. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 95
  • 110. Figure 5-24 TPC for Replication Target SVC IO Group Select your target SAN Volume Controller IO group from the Target 1 I/O group pull-down. We selected SVC:IOGROUP:172.31.41.3:0. The Target 1 volume pull-down menu becomes available as shown in Figure 5-25 on page 97. 96 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 111. Figure 5-25 TPC for Replication SVC Target Volume Select your target volume, we selected volume TPCRM2 volume. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. TPC for Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking process can be seen in Figure 5-26 on page 98. Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a FlashCopy target will be displayed. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 97
  • 112. Figure 5-26 TPC for Replication Volume Match OK You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes. You can proceed by clicking the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-27 will be displayed where you see the copy sets available to add. Figure 5-27 TPC for Replication Select Copy Set 98 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 113. The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue, the window similar to Figure 5-28 will be displayed. Figure 5-28 TPC for Replication Copy Set Confirm TPC for Replication requires you to confirm your configuration as we shown in Figure 5-28. From here just click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-29 on page 100 will be displayed. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 99
  • 114. Figure 5-29 TPC for Replication Finish Adding Copy Sets Finally, once you have added a Copy set successfully, click the Finish button to complete the task. 5.2.2 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single script. As we can see in Figure 5-31 on page 101, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the copy set. In this case we have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-30. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype svc | grep 172.31.41.3 | grep TPC TPCRM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:9 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:6 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:23 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:22 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:21 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:20 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM14 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:17 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM13 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:16 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:15 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:10 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Figure 5-30 List of possible volumes 100 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 115. Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in Figure 5-31 on page 101. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype fc -desc FLASHCOPY2 FLASHCOPY2 lssess -l lsvol -l -devtype svc mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:11 -t1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:12 FLASHCOPY2 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:18 -t1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:19 FLASHCOPY2 lscpset -l FLASHCOPY2 Figure 5-31 SVC FC script The results of the execution of this script are shown in Example 5-1. Note that we have formatted the output to fit the page. Example 5-1 SVC FC script output sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcfc.txt IWNR1021I [Jun 18, 2006 1:39:35 PM] Session FLASHCOPY2 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No FLASHCOPY1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 1 No Name ID Dev Dev Type Vol format LSS/IO Group Vol Type Size Size Unit ==================================================================================================================== TPCRM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:9 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisk3G2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:8 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB VdiskVI SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:7 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 5.000 GB TPCRM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:6 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisk5G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:5 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisk4G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:4 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisktest SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:3 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:23 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:22 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:21 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:20 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisk3G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:2 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM14 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:17 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM13 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:16 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:15 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:10 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisk2G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:1 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisk1G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:0 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB MMVOL3 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:9 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB MMVOL2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:8 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB MMVOL1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:7 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB MMVOL4 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:6 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB FCTEST2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:5 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 10.000 GB FCTEST1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:4 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 10.000 GB LV01 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:3 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB LV02 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:2 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:11 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:10 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB LV03 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:1 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB LV04 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:0 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB IWNR2001I [Jun 18, 2006 1:39:37 PM] The pair was successfully created in session FLASHCOPY2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11(TPCRM3) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12(TPCRM4). IWNR2001I [Jun 18, 2006 1:39:37 PM] The pair was successfully created in session FLASHCOPY2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18(TPCRM5) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19(TPCRM6). Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 101
  • 116. H1 Volume Session Volumes =========================================== SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 FLASHCOPY2 2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 FLASHCOPY2 2 sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # Now that the session is created and has valid copy set, we can start using it. 5.2.3 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI To start using a FlashCopy session you previously defined, go to the Sessions panel as shown in Figure 5-32. Figure 5-32 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Before executing the FlashCopy session needs to be prepared. To prepare a session, select the session you want to prepare - in our example FLASHCOPY1. From the pull-down menu, select Start and click Go. The selected session will enter in preparing state, as shown in Figure 5-33 on page 103. 102 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 117. Figure 5-33 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Preparing Once the session is prepared you will see a window similar to Figure 5-34. Figure 5-34 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Prepared Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 103
  • 118. Preparing a session will actually create FlashCopy Mappings on the SAN Volume Controller for all Copy Sets included in this session. It will also create a FlashCopy Consistency Group for those FlashCopy Mappings. Important: With a version of SAN Volume Controller Console up to 3.1.0.549 you need to restart the TPC for Replication server so it will correctly capture the prepared state. This is due to the problem in CIMOM interface on SAN Volume Controller Console. 5.2.4 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using CLI In this instance we will prepare a session as part of a single script. As you can see in Figure 5-31 on page 101, the script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after command, and to prepare the session. You can see the script in Figure 5-35. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcprepfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lssess -l FLASHCOPY2 cmdsess -quiet -action Start FLASHCOPY2 lssess -l FLASHCOPY2 Figure 5-35 SVC FC prepare script The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-36. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcprepfc.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 12:22:56 PM] The runCommand for command Start in session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error =========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Warning Preparing Flash Copy No Yes 2 No Figure 5-36 SVC FC prepare script output The -quiet option is used to run the script without needing to answer the prompt for execution of the prepare command as shown in Figure 5-37 on page 105. 104 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 119. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcprepfcnq.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No Are you sure you want to start session FLASHCOPY2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 12:34:00 PM] The runCommand for command Start in session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error =========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Warning Preparing Flash Copy No Yes 2 No Figure 5-37 SVC FC prepare script output without -quiet 5.2.5 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the GUI To start the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to copy from the Sessions panel - in our example FLASHCOPY1. From the pull-down menu select Flash and click Go. Tip: The session has to be in prepared state to start Flash command. The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-38. Figure 5-38 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Target Available This means that the target volume, which is in fact a point in time copy of the source volume, is available to be used on the host. You can now map this volume to the host using SVC Console. You can make a point in time copy for the session as many times as you like. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 105
  • 120. Note: You can execute the Flash command directly on an unprepared (defined) session and this will cause the session to be prepared before flashing. 5.2.6 Starting a FlashCopy Session using the CLI In this instance we will flash a session as part of a single script. As you can see in Figure 5-39, the script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after command the Flash command, and to flash the session. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcflashfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lssess -l FLASHCOPY2 cmdsess -quiet -action Flash FLASHCOPY2 lssess -l FLASHCOPY2 Figure 5-39 SVC FC flash script The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-40. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcflashfc.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No Yes 2 No IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 12:56:45 PM] The runCommand for command Flash in session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================= FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No Figure 5-40 SVC FC flash script output The -quiet option is used to run script without needing to answer the prompt for execution of the prepare command as shown in Figure 5-41. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcflashfcnq.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No Are you sure you want to flash session FLASHCOPY2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 1:13:34 PM] The runCommand for command Flash in session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================= FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No Figure 5-41 SVC FC flash script output without -quiet 106 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 121. 5.2.7 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the GUI To terminate the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to terminate from the Sessions panel. In our example we selected FLASHCOPY1. From the pull-down menu, select Terminate and click Go. The selected session will terminate and enter in defined state as shown in Figure 5-42. Figure 5-42 TPC for Replication Terminate FlashCopy Session Defined A Session can be terminated anytime. Terminating a session will actually delete FlashCopy Mappings on the SAN Volume Controller for all Copy Sets included in this session. It will also delete a FlashCopy Consistency Group for those FlashCopy Mappings. 5.2.8 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using the CLI In this instance we will terminate a session as part of a single script. As you can see in Figure 5-43 on page 108, the script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after the Terminate command, and to terminate the session. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 107
  • 122. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svctermfc cat: svctermfc: No such file or directory sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svctermfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lssess -l FLASHCOPY2 cmdsess -quiet -action Terminate FLASHCOPY2 lssess -l FLASHCOPY2 Figure 5-43 SVC FC terminate script The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-44. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svctermfc.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================= FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 1:10:06 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No Figure 5-44 SVC FC terminate script output The -quiet option is used to run script without need to answer the prompt for execution of prepare command as shown in Figure 5-45. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svctermfcnq.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================= FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No Are you sure you want to terminate session FLASHCOPY2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 19, 2006 1:21:17 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session FLASHCOPY2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================== FLASHCOPY2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No Figure 5-45 SVC FC terminate script output without -quiet 5.2.9 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI In this scenario we will set up an SVC based Metro Mirror Single Direction and Failover/Failback session with a single volume pair as shown in Figure 5-46 on page 109. 108 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 123. Figure 5-46 SVC based Metro Mirror setup The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel as shown in Figure 5-47. Figure 5-47 TPC for Replication MM Sessions This will open a new window where you can add session details such as copy type, as you can see in Figure 5-48 on page 110. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 109
  • 124. Figure 5-48 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Select your copy type, in our example Metro Mirror Single Direction, and click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-49 will be displayed. Figure 5-49 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Properties 110 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 125. Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box. Now click Next, the session will be created and the window similar to Figure 5-50 will be displayed. Figure 5-50 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Created Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process. 5.2.10 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using CLI Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-51 (note that we have added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one has been created). In this example we will create Metro Mirror Failover/Failback type of a session. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat createmmfofbsession.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc MMFOFB1 MMFOFB1 lssess -l Figure 5-51 Add MM session script file The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-52 on page 112. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 111
  • 126. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createmmfofbsession.txt IWNR1021I [Jun 19, 2006 3:50:14 PM] Session MMFOFB1 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ======================================================================================================= MMFOFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No MMSD1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Single Direction No No 0 No FLASHCOPY1 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 1 No Figure 5-52 MM session CLI result 5.2.11 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using GUI Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create copy sets within the session. First you need to select the session, in our example MMSD1, to which you want to add copy sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 5-53. Figure 5-53 TPC for Replication MM Add Copy Sets Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy sets as shown in Figure 5-54 on page 113. In this window we define the source subsystems through the Host 1 storage subsystem drop-down menu. 112 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 127. Figure 5-54 TPC for Replication MM Source SVC Select your source SAN Volume Controller, in our example we selected SVC:BOX:172.31.41.3, and the Host 1 IO group pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-55 on page 114. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 113
  • 128. Figure 5-55 TPC for Replication MM Source SVC IO Group Select your source SAN Volume Controller IO group, in our example we selected SVC:IOGROUP:172.31.41.3:0. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-56 on page 115. 114 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 129. Figure 5-56 TPC for Replication MM SVC Source Volume Select your source volume, we selected TPCRM_MM1 volume. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions as shown in Figure 5-57. Figure 5-57 TPC for Replication MM Target SVC Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 115
  • 130. Select your target SAN Volume Controller, in our example we selected SVC:BOX:172.31.1.117 from the Host 2 storage subsystem pull-down menu. The Host 2 I/O group pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-58. Note: As you can see in our example local and remote SAN Volume Controllers are available for target selection. The reason for this is that Metro Mirror operation can be performed within the same SAN Volume Controller cluster or between two SAN Volume Controller clusters. Figure 5-58 TPC for Replication MM Target SVC IO Group Select your target SAN Volume Controller IO group, in our example we selected SVC:IOGROUP:172.31.1.117:0 from the Host 2 I/O group. The Host 2 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-59 on page 117. 116 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 131. Figure 5-59 TPC for Replication MM SVC Target Volume Select your target volume, in our example we selected TPCRM_MM1 volume. Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a Metro Mirror target will be displayed. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. The TPC for Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking process can be seen in Figure 5-60 on page 118. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 117
  • 132. Figure 5-60 TPC for Replication MM Volume Match OK You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes, so you can proceed by clicking the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-61 will be displayed. Figure 5-61 TPC for Replication MM Select Copy Set 118 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 133. The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue, the window similar to Figure 5-62 will be displayed. Figure 5-62 TPC for Replication MM Copy Set Confirm TPC for Replication requires you to confirm your configuration as we can see in Figure 5-62. From here we just click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-63 on page 120 will be displayed. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 119
  • 134. Figure 5-63 TPC for Replication MM Finish Adding Copy Sets Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the task. 5.2.12 Adding Copy Sets to Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single script. As we can see in Figure 5-66 on page 121, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the copy set. In this case we have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-64 for source Metro Mirror volumes. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype svc | grep 172.31.41.3 | grep TPCRM_MM TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:7 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:34 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:32 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:31 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:25 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Figure 5-64 List of possible volumes for MM source We have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-65 on page 121 for target Metro Mirror volumes. 120 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 135. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype svc | grep 172.31.1.117 | grep TPCRM_MM TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:21 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:20 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:19 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:18 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:17 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:16 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:15 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:14 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:13 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:12 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:11 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:10 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Figure 5-65 List of possible volumes for MM target Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in Figure 5-66. We have also specified that the Metro Mirror session type is mmfofb or Metro Mirror Failover/Failback. sles9spig:/tpcrm # cat svcmmfofb.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc MMFOFB2 MMFOFB2 lssess -l lsvol -l -devtype svc mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:26 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:14 MMFOFB2 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:27 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:15 MMFOFB2 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:28 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:16 MMFOFB2 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:29 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:17 MMFOFB2 mkcpset -h1 svc:vol:172.31.41.3:0:30 -h2 svc:vol:172.31.1.117:0:18 MMFOFB2 lscpset -l MMFOFB2 Figure 5-66 SVC MM script Invocation of this script results in the output as in Example 5-2. Example 5-2 SVC MM script output sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/svcmmfofb.txt IWNR1021I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:33 AM] Session MMFOFB2 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ======================================================================================================= MMFOFB2 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No MMFOFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No FLASHCOPY2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No MMSD1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Single Direction No No 1 No FLASHCOPY1 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 1 No Name ID Dev Dev Type Vol format LSS/IO Group Vol Type Size Size Unit ===================================================================================================================== TPCRM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:9 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisk3G2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:8 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:7 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:6 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisk5G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:5 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisk4G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:4 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:34 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB ITSO_RM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:33 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 15.000 GB TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:32 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:31 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisktest SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:3 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 121
  • 136. TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:25 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB ITSO_RM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:24 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 15.000 GB TPCRM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:23 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:22 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:21 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:20 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisk3G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:2 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:19 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:18 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM14 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:17 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM13 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:16 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:15 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:14 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:13 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:12 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:11 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:10 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB Vdisk2G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:1 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB Vdisk1G1 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:0 2145-172.31.41.3-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB MMVOL3 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:9 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB MMVOL2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:8 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB MMVOL1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:7 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB MMVOL4 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:6 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB FCTEST2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:5 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 10.000 GB FCTEST1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:4 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 10.000 GB LV01 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:3 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB TPCRM_MM10 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:21 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM9 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:20 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB LV02 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:2 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB TPCRM_MM8 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:19 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM7 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:18 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM6 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:17 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM5 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:16 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM4 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:15 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM3 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:14 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM12 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:13 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM11 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:12 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 2.000 GB TPCRM_MM2 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:11 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB TPCRM_MM1 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:10 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 1.000 GB LV03 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:1 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB LV04 SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:0 2145-172.31.1.117-IBM SVC FIXEDBLK 0 FB 40.000 GB IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:38 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26(TPCRM_MM3) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:14(TPCRM_MM3). IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:40 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27(TPCRM_MM4) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:15(TPCRM_MM4). IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:43 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28(TPCRM_MM5) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:16(TPCRM_MM5). IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:46 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29(TPCRM_MM6) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:17(TPCRM_MM6). IWNR2001I [Jun 20, 2006 10:19:48 AM] The pair was successfully created in session MMFOFB2 for copy set SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 with source SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30(TPCRM_MM7) and target SVC:VOL:172.31.1.117:0:18(TPCRM_MM7). H1 Volume Session Volumes ======================================== SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:26 MMFOFB2 2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:27 MMFOFB2 2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:28 MMFOFB2 2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:29 MMFOFB2 2 SVC:VOL:172.31.41.3:0:30 MMFOFB2 2 From the CSMCLI interface we can interrogate the session via the showsess command as shown in Figure 5-67 on page 123. 122 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 137. sles9spig:/opt/IBM/TPC-RM/CLI # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Defined Status Inactive Copy sets 5 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 20, 2006 11:15:24 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-67 The showsess command Now that we have a session with valid Copy Sets, we can start using it. 5.2.13 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI To start the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to start from the Sessions panel - in our example MMSD1. From the pull-down menu, select Start and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-68. Figure 5-68 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in preparing state as shown in Figure 5-69 on page 124. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 123
  • 138. Figure 5-69 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Preparing After preparation the session will be in prepared state as shown in Figure 5-70. Figure 5-70 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Prepared 124 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 139. Once session is prepared this would mean that the initial copy was completed and that copy set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will be synchronously copied to secondary site. You can make use the start session as many times as you like. Important: With a version of SAN Volume Controller Console up to 3.1.0.549 you need to restart the TPC for Replication server so it will correctly capture the prepared state. This is due to a problem in the CIMOM interface on SAN Volume Controller Console. 5.2.14 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI In this instance we will start a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use the Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier. We can start session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-71. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to start the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. csmcli> cmdsess -action start_h1:h2 MMFOFB2 Are you sure you want to start_h1:h2 session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 20, 2006 2:43:44 PM] The runCommand for command Start H1->H2 in session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. csmcli> Figure 5-71 MM FOFB start session When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-72, we discover a Warning status. This is due to the fact that the volumes are not yet synchronized. csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Preparing Status Warning Copy sets 5 Copying Yes Recoverable No Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 20, 2006 2:44:35 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. csmcli> Figure 5-72 MM FOFB show session after start Since the synchronization process can take time, you could sign into the SAN Volume Controller Console to check the progress. As we can see in Figure 5-73 on page 126, the copy is progressing. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 125
  • 140. Figure 5-73 SVC copy progress Once the copy is complete we can re-issue the showsess command. The command output is shown in Figure 5-74. csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Prepared Status Normal Copy sets 5 Copying Yes Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 6:06:13 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-74 MM FOFB session established and synchronized Once session is prepared this would mean that the initial copy was completed and that copy set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will be synchronously copied to secondary site. You can make use start session as many times as you like. 126 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 141. After the session is prepared the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes – Start H1->H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location – Terminate - this will terminate the session 5.2.15 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI To suspend the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to suspend from the Sessions panel. We will suspend session MMSD1. From the pull-down, Select Action menu, select Suspend, and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-75. Figure 5-75 TPC for Replication Suspend Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-76 on page 128. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 127
  • 142. Figure 5-76 TPC for Replication Suspended Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Suspend action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data consistent point. The suspend command can be used anytime during the life span of the session. 5.2.16 Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI In this instance we will suspend a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier. We can suspend session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-77. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to suspend the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. csmcli> cmdsess -action suspend MMFOFB2 Are you sure you want to suspend session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 11:19:29 AM] The runCommand for command Suspend in session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. csmcli> Figure 5-77 MM FOFB suspend session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-78 on page 129, we discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended. 128 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 143. csmcli> showses MMFOFB2 CMMCI9013E Command: showses was not found. Tip: Enter "help" for a list of available commands. csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Suspended Status Severe Copy sets 5 Copying No Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 11:20:07 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-78 MM FOFB show session after suspend You can view the status of the consistency groups through the SVC master console as shown in Figure 5-79. Figure 5-79 SVC suspended status As we can see the consistency groups (sessions from TPC for Reapplication perspective) are in consistent stopped state. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 129
  • 144. After a session is suspended the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process 5.2.17 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To stop the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to stop from the Sessions panel. We will stop session MMSD1. Note: A session can be terminated anytime. From the pull-down Select Action menu, select Stop and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-80. Figure 5-80 TPC for Replication Stop Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-81 on page 131. 130 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 145. Figure 5-81 TPC for Replication Stopped Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Stop action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data inconsistent point. The stop command can be used anytime during the life span of the session. Stop a Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will stop a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier. We can stop session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-82. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to suspend the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. csmcli> cmdsess -action stop MMFOFB2 Are you sure you want to stop session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 1:09:29 PM] The runCommand for command Stop in session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. csmcli> Figure 5-82 MM FOFB stop session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-83 on page 132, we discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 131
  • 146. csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Suspended Status Severe Copy sets 5 Copying No Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 1:10:45 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-83 MM FOFB show session after stop The status in SAN Volume Controller is shown in Figure 5-84. Figure 5-84 SVC stopped status As we can see the consistency groups (sessions from TPC for Reapplication perspective) are in consistent stopped state. After a session is stopped the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session 132 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 147. – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Attention: In the case where the stop command was used to enter suspended states, target volumes are not consistent. 5.2.18 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To recover the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to recover from the Sessions panel. We will recover session MMSD1. Note: You can only recover suspended sessions. From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Recover and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-85. Figure 5-85 TPC for Replication Recover Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-86 on page 134. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 133
  • 148. Figure 5-86 TPC for Replication Recovered Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Once a session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access in consistency state. Note: By using recover operation, definitions of consistency groups and metro mirror relations on SAN Volume Controller will be deleted. 5.2.19 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will recover a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we suspended earlier. We can recover session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-87. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to recover the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. csmcli> cmdsess -action recover MMFOFB2 Are you sure you want to recover session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 11:53:00 AM] The runCommand for command Recover in session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-87 MM FOFB recover session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-88 on page 135, we discover a normal status. This is due to the fact that session is stopped and target volumes are available for host use. 134 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 149. csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Target Available Status Normal Copy sets 5 Copying No Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 11:53:45 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-88 MM FOFB show session after recover Once a session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access in consistency state. Note: By using the recover operation, definitions of consistency groups and Metro Mirror relations on SAN Volume Controller will be deleted. After session is recovered in target available state the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H2->H1 - this will reestablish copying in opposite direction, from secondary to primary location – Start H1->H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location – Terminate - this will terminate the session 5.2.20 Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To terminate the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to terminate from the Sessions panel. We selected session MMSD1. Note: A Session can be terminated anytime. From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Terminate and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-89 on page 136. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 135
  • 150. Figure 5-89 TPC for Replication Terminate Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in Defined state as shown in Figure 5-90. Figure 5-90 TPC for Replication Terminated Metro Mirror Single Direction Session 136 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 151. Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state, definitions of consistency groups and Metro Mirror relation on SVC will be deleted. Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI In this instance we will terminate a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we recovered earlier. We can terminate session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-91. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to terminate the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. csmcli> cmdsess -action terminate MMFOFB2 Are you sure you want to terminate session MMFOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Jun 21, 2006 12:15:49 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-91 MM FOFB terminate session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-92, we discover a inactive status. This is due to the fact that the session is terminated and in defined state. csmcli> showsess MMFOFB2 Name MMFOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Defined Status Inactive Copy sets 5 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description MMFOFB2 IWNR1500I [Jun 21, 2006 12:17:28 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session MMFOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-92 MM FOFB show session after terminate Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state, definitions of consistency groups and Metro Mirror relation on SVC will be deleted. After session is terminated the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 137
  • 152. 5.3 TPC for Replication and ESS 800 As we have seen in the planning section, the TPC for Replication tool communicates with the ESS 800 via CCW protocol. Communication goes directly to both ESS 800 clusters as shown in Figure 5-93. Figure 5-93 IP connectivity for TPC for Replication and ESS 800 Within this chapter we will show you how to perform the following using both the GUI and CLI interfaces: Add an ESS 800 to your TPC for Replication environment Create and delete ESS 800 Sessions Create and delete ESS 800 Copy Sets Manipulate the created sessions Our lab setup can be seen in Figure 5-94. Figure 5-94 ITSO Linux Lab setup 5.3.1 Adding the ESS 800 using GUI Start your Web browser and sign on to the TPC for Replication server. Once you are signed on, select the Storage Subsystems from either the Navigation Menu or the Work Area as shown in Figure 5-95. 138 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 153. Figure 5-95 TPC for Replication Health Overview The window similar to Figure 5-96 on page 139 will be displayed. Click the Add Subsystem button to continue. Figure 5-96 TPC for Replication Storage Subsystems Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 139
  • 154. In the panel shown in Figure 5-97 choose the ESS (Enterprise Storage Server) / DS (Data Server) radio button and click OK to continue. Figure 5-97 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem In the panel shown in Figure 5-98, enter the IP address (or the fully qualified name) of the ESS clusters as well as the defined user account and password for TPC for Replication’s use. Leave port at default value 2433. Click OK to continue. 140 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 155. Figure 5-98 TPC for Replication Add Subsystem (ESS/DS) The next window is shown in Figure 5-99 indicating the ESS is connecting. Figure 5-99 TPC for Replication ESS Subsystem Added Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 141
  • 156. Once the ESS 800 will be successfully connected this will be shown in the Health Overview panel as shown in Figure 5-100. Figure 5-100 TPC for Replication ESS Subsystem Connected The green checkmark besides Storage Subsystems means that our ESS 800 Subsystem is successfully connected. 5.3.2 Adding the ESS 800 using the CLI Using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have created a script file which can be seen in Figure 5-101 # cat /tpcrm/addess.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Replication # setoutput -fmt delim -v on adddevice -devtype ESS -ip 9.12.6.29;9.12.6.30 -username tpcadmin;tpcadmin lsdevice -devtype ESS Figure 5-101 Add ESS Subsystem script While we can setup a script to perform this, since the adddevice command requires a password, it must be added interactively as can be seen in Figure 5-102. 142 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 157. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addess.txt Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin: Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin: Figure 5-102 Add Subsystem script Once the password is entered correctly we see the result as shown in Figure 5-103. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/addess.txt Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin: Please enter a password for the device userid of tpcadmin: IWNH1000I [Sep 2, 2006 1:29:50 AM] The command completed successfully. Device ID,Device type ===================== ESS:BOX:UNKNOWN,ESS Figure 5-103 CLI result 5.3.3 Adding a FlashCopy Session using GUI Now that we have a subsystem to use, we can create a session to meet our copy services requirements. Remember that a Session is the highest order component. As such, it represents a consistency group for all copy sets defined within it. In this instance, we will create a FlashCopy Session as we can see in Figure 5-104. Figure 5-104 Flashcopy ITSO Linux lab setup Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 143
  • 158. The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel, as shown in Figure 5-105. Figure 5-105 TPC for Replication Sessions This will open a new window where you can add session details such as copy type, as shown in Figure 5-106. Figure 5-106 TPC for Replication Create Session 144 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 159. Select your copy type, in our example Flash Copy, and click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-107 will be displayed. Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box. Click Next to create the session. Figure 5-107 TPC for Replication Create Session Properties The window in Figure 5-108 will be displayed next. In our case the session was successfully created. Figure 5-108 TPC for Replication Session Created Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 145
  • 160. 5.3.4 Adding a FlashCopy Session using CLI Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-109 (note that we have added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one has been created). # cat createfcsession.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype fc -desc ESS800FC2 ESS800FC2 lssess -l Figure 5-109 Add FC Session script file The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-110. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createfcsession.txt IWNR1021I [Sep 2, 2006 2:05:20 AM] Session ESS800FC2 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No ESS800FC1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No Figure 5-110 FC Session CLI result 5.3.5 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using GUI Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create copy sets within the session. First you need to select the session, in our example ESS800FC1, to which you want to add copy sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 5-111. 146 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 161. Figure 5-111 TPC for Replication Add Copy Sets Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy sets as shown in Figure 5-112. In this window we define the source subsystems via the first drop-down menu. Figure 5-112 TPC for Replication Source ESS Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 147
  • 162. Select your source ESS 800. In our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Host 1 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-113. Figure 5-113 TPC for Replication Source ESS LSS Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-114 on page 148. Figure 5-114 TPC for Replication ESS Source Volume 148 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 163. Select your source volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 volume. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions as shown in Figure 5-115. Figure 5-115 TPC for Replication Target ESS Select your target ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Target 1 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-116. Note: As you can see in our example only one ESS 800 is available for target selection. The reason for this is that FlashCopy operation can only be performed within the same ESS 800. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 149
  • 164. Figure 5-116 TPC for Replication Target ESS LSS Select your target ESS LSS, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12. The Target 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-117 on page 150. Figure 5-117 TPC for Replication ESS Target Volume Select your target volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 volume. 150 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 165. Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a FlashCopy target will be displayed. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. The TPC for Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking process can be seen in Figure 5-118 on page 151. Figure 5-118 TPC for Replication Volume Match OK You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes, so you can proceed by clicking the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-119 will be displayed. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 151
  • 166. Figure 5-119 TPC for Replication Select Copy Set The Copy Set is preselected. Click Next to continue and a window similar to Figure 5-120 will be displayed. Figure 5-120 TPC for Replication Copy Set Confirm 152 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 167. TPC for Replication requires you confirm your configuration as shown in Figure 5-120. From here we just click the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-121 will be displayed. Figure 5-121 TPC for Replication Finish Adding Copy Sets Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the task. 5.3.6 Adding Copy Sets to a FlashCopy Session using CLI In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single script. As we can see in Figure 5-123, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the Copy Set. In this case we have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-122. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 153
  • 168. # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB Figure 5-122 List of possible volumes Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in Figure 5-123. # cat essfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype fc -desc ESS800FC2 ESS800FC2 lssess -l lsvol -l -devtype ess mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 -t1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS800FC2 mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B -t1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS800FC2 lscpset -l ESS800FC2 Figure 5-123 ESS FC script The result of the execution of this script is shown in Example 5-1 on page 101. Note that we have formatted the output to fit the page. Example 5-3 ESS FC script output # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essfc.txt IWNR1021I [Sep 2, 2006 2:51:42 AM] Session ESS800FC2 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No ESS800FC1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No Name ID Dev Dev Type Vol format LSS/IO Group Vol Type Size Size Unit ===================================================================================================================== === 154 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 169. ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB IWNR2001I [Sep 2, 2006 2:51:50 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FC2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207. IWNR2001I [Sep 2, 2006 2:51:51 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FC2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C. H1 Volume Session Volumes ========================================= ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS800FC2 2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS800FC2 2 Now that the session is created and has valid Copy Set, we can start using it. 5.3.7 Preparing a FlashCopy Session using GUI To start using a FlashCopy session that you previously defined, go to the Sessions panel, as shown in Figure 5-124 on page 156. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 155
  • 170. Figure 5-124 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Before executing the FlashCopy session it needs to be Prepared. To prepare a session, select the session you want to prepare, in our example ESS800FC1. From the pull-down menu select Start and click Go. The selected session will enter into preparing state. Once the session is Prepared you will see window similar to Figure 5-125 on page 157. 156 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 171. Figure 5-125 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Prepared 5.3.8 Preparing FlashCopy Session using CLI In this instance we will prepare a session as part of a single script. As you can see in Figure 5-31 on page 101, the script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after the Start command, and to prepare the session. The script is shown in Figure 5-126. # cat essprepfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lssess -l ESS800FC2 cmdsess -quiet -action Start ESS800FC2 lssess -l ESS800FC2 Figure 5-126 ESS FC prepare script The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-127 on page 158. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 157
  • 172. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essprepfc.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:10:50 AM] The runCommand for command Start in session ESS800FC2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No Yes 2 No Figure 5-127 ESS FC prepare script output The -quiet option is used to run script without needing to answer to the execution of prepare command as shown in Figure 5-128. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essprepfcnq.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No Yes 2 No Are you sure you want to start session ESS800FC2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:13:34 AM] The runCommand for command Start in session ESS800FC2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No Yes 2 No Figure 5-128 ESS FC prepare script output without -quiet 5.3.9 Starting a FlashCopy Session using GUI To start the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to copy, from the Sessions panel. We selected ESS800FC1. From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Flash and click Go. Tip: The session has to be in Prepared state to start the Flash command. The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-129 on page 159. 158 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 173. Figure 5-129 TPC for Replication Start FlashCopy Session Target Available This means that now the target volume, which is in fact a point in time copy of the source volume, is available to be used on the host. You can now map this volume to the host using ESS Storwatch Specialist. You can make a point in time copy for the session as many times as you like. Note: You can execute the Flash command directly on unprepared (defined) session and this will case the session to be Prepared before flashing. 5.3.10 Starting a FlashCopy Session using CLI In this instance we will flash a session as part of a single script. The script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after the Flash command, and to flash the session. You can see the script in Figure 5-130. # cat essflashfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lssess -l ESS800FC2 cmdsess -quiet -action Flash ESS800FC2 lssess -l ESS800FC2 Figure 5-130 ESS FC flash script Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 159
  • 174. The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-131. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essflashfc.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No Yes 2 No IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:22:04 AM] The runCommand for command Flash in session ESS800FC2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================ ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No Figure 5-131 ESS FC flash script output The -quiet option is used to run script without needing to answer the prompt for execution of the Flash command as shown in Figure 5-132. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essflashfcnq.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Warning Prepared Flash Copy No Yes 2 No Are you sure you want to flash session ESS800FC2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:24:28 AM] The runCommand for command Flash in session ESS800FC2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================ ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No Figure 5-132 ESS FC flash script output without -quiet 5.3.11 Terminating a FlashCopy Session using GUI To terminate the FlashCopy process, select the session you want to terminate from the Sessions panel. We selected ESS800FC1. From the pull-down menu, select Terminate and click Go. The selected session will terminate and enter in defined state, as shown in Figure 5-133 on page 161. 160 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 175. Figure 5-133 TPC for Replication Terminate FlashCopy Session Defined The session can be terminated anytime. Terminating a session will actually terminate copy relationships on ESS. 5.3.12 Terminating FlashCopy Session using CLI In this instance we will terminate a session as part of a single script. The script file contains multiple commands to display the session status before and after the Terminate command, and to terminate the session. You can see the script in Figure 5-134. # cat esstermfc.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lssess -l ESS800FC2 cmdsess -quiet -action Terminate ESS800FC2 lssess -l ESS800FC2 Figure 5-134 ESS FC terminate script The output of the script is shown in Figure 5-135 on page 162. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 161
  • 176. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/esstermfc.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================ ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:31:00 AM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session ESS800FC2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No Figure 5-135 ESS FC terminate script output The -quiet option is used to run the script without needing to answer the prompt for execution of the Terminate command as shown in Figure 5-136. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/esstermfcnq.txt Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================ ESS800FC2 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes Yes 2 No Are you sure you want to terminate session ESS800FC2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 2, 2006 3:33:02 AM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session ESS800FC2 completed successfully. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ========================================================================= ESS800FC2 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 2 No Figure 5-136 ESS FC terminate script output without -quiet 5.3.13 Adding a Metro Mirror Session using GUI In this instance we will set up an ESS based Metro Mirror Single Direction and Failover/Failback session with a single volume pair as can be seen in Figure 5-137. In our example we used the Metro Mirror function inside ESS 800. Figure 5-137 ESS based Metro Mirror setup 162 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 177. The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel, as shown in Figure 5-138. Figure 5-138 TPC for Replication Sessions This will open a new panel where you can add session details such as copy type, as you can see in Figure 5-139. Figure 5-139 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 163
  • 178. Select your copy type, in our example Metro Mirror Single Direction, and click the Next button. The window similar to Figure 5-140 will be displayed. Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box.Click Next to continue. Figure 5-140 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Properties The session will be created and the window similar to Figure 5-141 will be displayed. Figure 5-141 TPC for Replication MM Create Session Created Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process. 164 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 179. Adding a Metro Mirror Session using CLI Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-142. Note that we have added a list session command (lssess -l) to display the defined sessions once our new one has been created. In this example we will create Metro Mirror Failover/Failback type of a session. # cat createmmfofbsession.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc ESS800MMFB1 ESS800MMFB1 lssess -l Figure 5-142 Add MM session script file The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-143. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/createmmfofbsession.txt IWNR1021I [Sep 3, 2006 2:54:21 AM] Session ESS800MMFB1 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ======================================================================================================== ESS800FC1 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes No 1 No ESS800MMSD1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Single Direction No No 0 No ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No Figure 5-143 MM session CLI result 5.3.14 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session Now that we have a session created, we can begin to create Copy Sets within the session. First you need to select the session, in our example ESS800MMSD1, to which you want to add Copy Sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Add Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 5-144 on page 166. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 165
  • 180. Figure 5-144 TPC for Replication MM Add Copy Sets Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define the copy sets as shown in Figure 5-145. In this window we define the source subsystems via the Select Action drop-down menu. Figure 5-145 TPC for Replication MM Source ESS 166 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 181. Select your source ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Host 1 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-146. Figure 5-146 TPC for Replication MM Source ESS LSS Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS). In our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:11. The Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-147. Figure 5-147 TPC for Replication MM ESS Source Volume Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 167
  • 182. Select your source volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 volume. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the Target definitions as shown in Figure 5-148. Figure 5-148 TPC for Replication MM Target ESS Select your source ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513. The Host 2 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-149. Note: As you can see in our example only local ESS 800 is available for target selection, as we only have setup for Metro Mirror inside ESS 800. The Metro Mirror operation can be performed within the same ESS 800 or between two ESS 800s. 168 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 183. Figure 5-149 TPC for Replication MM Target ESS LSS Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12. The Host 2 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-150. Figure 5-150 TPC for Replication MM ESS Target Volume Select your target volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 volume. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 169
  • 184. Note: Only volumes fulfilling the requirements to be a Metro Mirror target will be displayed. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to continue. The TPC for Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. This checking process can be seen in Figure 5-151. Figure 5-151 TPC for Replication MM Volume Match OK You can see that TPC for Replication has matched the volumes, so you can proceed by clicking the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-152 will be displayed. 170 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 185. Figure 5-152 TPC for Replication MM Select Copy Set The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue. A window similar to Figure 5-153 will be displayed. Figure 5-153 TPC for Replication MM Copy Set Confirm Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 171
  • 186. TPC for Replication requires you confirm your configuration as we can see in Figure 5-153. From here we just click the Next button. A window similar to Figure 5-154 will be displayed. Figure 5-154 TPC for Replication MM Finish Adding Copy Sets Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the task. 5.3.15 Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this scenario we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single script. As we can see in Figure 5-157 on page 174, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the Copy Set. In this case we have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-155 for source Metro Mirror volumes, 172 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 187. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:11 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB Figure 5-155 List of possible volumes for MM source Figure 5-156 shows the target Metro Mirror volumes. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB Figure 5-156 List of possible volumes for MM target Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in Figure 5-157. We have also specified that the Metro Mirror session type is mmfofb or Metro Mirror Failover/Failback. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 173
  • 188. # cat essmmfofb.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype mmfofb -desc ESS800FOFB2 ESS800FOFB2 lssess -l #lsvol -l -devtype ess mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS800FOFB2 mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS800FOFB2 lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2 Figure 5-157 ESS MM script Invocation of this script results in the output as in Example 5-4. Example 5-4 ESS MM script output # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essmmfofb.txt IWNR1021I [Sep 4, 2006 2:08:24 AM] Session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ======================================================================================================== ESS800FOFB2 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No ESS800FC1 Normal Target Available Flash Copy Yes No 1 No ESS800MMSD1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Single Direction No No 1 No ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No IWNR2001I [Sep 4, 2006 2:08:26 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FOFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D. IWNR2001I [Sep 4, 2006 2:08:27 AM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800FOFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A. H1 Volume Session Volumes =========================================== ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2 2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2 2 From the CSMCLI interface we can interrogate the session via the showsess command as shown in Figure 5-158. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Defined Status Inactive Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 2:10:31 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-158 The showsess command 174 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 189. Now that we have a session with valid Copy Sets, we can start using it. 5.3.16 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI To start the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to start from the Sessions panel - in our example MMSD1. From the pull-down menu, select Start and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-159. Figure 5-159 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in preparing state as shown in Figure 5-160. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 175
  • 190. Figure 5-160 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Preparing Note that the status for the Start command will appear as Failure, however, in this case, it does not mean that the session failed to start. The session started, but the Failure is indicating that the heartbeat function is not supported for the ESS 800. You can see the details about the outcome of the commands you run by clicking on the Open Console hyperlink next to the status on top of the main page. You can also access the console logs by clicking Console under the My Work menu as described in 6.8, “TPC for Replication logging” on page 222. After preparation the session will be in prepared state as shown in Figure 5-161 on page 177. 176 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 191. Figure 5-161 TPC for Replication Start Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Prepared Once the session is prepared this would mean that the initial copy was completed and that copy set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will be synchronously copied to secondary site. You can make use Start session as many times as you like. 5.3.17 Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the CLI In this instance we will start a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier. We can start session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-162. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our intent to start the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action start_h1:h2 ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to start_h1:h2 session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNC0003E [Sep 4, 2006 4:27:39 AM] Command failed; message text for IWNR1027E was not found. Figure 5-162 MM FOFB start session When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-163 on page 178, we discover a warning status. This is due to the fact that the volumes are not yet synchronized. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 177
  • 192. csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Preparing Status Warning Copy sets 2 Copying Yes Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 4:27:48 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-163 MM FOFB show session after start Since the synchronization process can take time, you could sign into the ESS Storwatch Specialist - Copy Services to check the progress. As we can see in Figure 5-164, the copy is progressing. Figure 5-164 ESS copy progress Once the copy is complete we re-issue the showsess command and find the results as shown in Figure 5-165 on page 179. 178 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 193. csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Prepared Status Normal Copy sets 2 Copying Yes Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 4:35:46 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-165 MM FOFB session established and synchronized Once the session is prepared this means that the initial copy was completed and that copy set volumes are synchronized and online. In this state all application I/O on primary site will be synchronously copied to secondary site. You can make use start session as many times as you like. After session is prepared the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes – Stop - this will stop copying with inconsistent secondary volumes – Start H1- → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location – Terminate - this will terminate the session 5.3.18 Suspending a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To suspend the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to suspend from the Sessions panel - in our example ESS800MMSD1. From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Suspend and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-166 on page 180. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 179
  • 194. Figure 5-166 TPC for Replication Suspend Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-167. Figure 5-167 TPC for Replication Suspended Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Suspend action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data consistent point. 180 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 195. The Suspend command can be used anytime during the life span of the session. Suspending Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will suspend a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier. We can suspend the session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-168. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to suspend the session. To turn this function off, you need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action suspend ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to suspend session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 4, 2006 6:18:50 AM] The runCommand for command Suspend in session ESS800FOFB2, ESS800MMSD1 completed successfully. Figure 5-168 MM FOFB suspend session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-169, we discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended. csmcli> showses ESS800FOFB2 CMMCI9013E Command: showses was not found. Tip: Enter "help" for a list of available commands. csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Suspended Status Severe Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:19:59 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-169 MM FOFB show session after suspend The status in ESS Storwatch Specialist - Copy Services is shown in Figure 5-170 on page 182. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 181
  • 196. Figure 5-170 ESS suspended status As we can see that all volumes (members of copy sets from TPC for Replication perspective) are in suspended state. After session is suspended the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process 5.3.19 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To stop the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to stop from the Sessions panel. In our example the session is ESS800MMSD1. From the pull-down menu, select Stop and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-171 on page 183. 182 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 197. Figure 5-171 TPC for Replication Stop Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in suspended state as shown in Figure 5-172. Figure 5-172 TPC for Replication Stopped Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The Stop action will cause all target volumes in relationship to be left in data inconsistent point. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 183
  • 198. The Stop command can be used anytime during the life span of the session. 5.3.20 Stopping a Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will stop a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier. We can stop session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-173. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our desire to suspend the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action stop ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to stop session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 4, 2006 6:35:16 AM] The runCommand for command Stop in session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-173 MM FOFB stop session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-174, we discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended. csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Suspended Status Severe Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:36:07 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-174 MM FOFB show session after stop The status in ESS Storwatch Specialist - Copy Services is shown in Figure 5-175 on page 185. 184 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 199. Figure 5-175 ESS stopped status As we can see that all volumes (members of copy sets from TPC for Replication perspective) are in suspended state. After the session is stopped the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Attention: In case the Stop command was used to enter suspended states, target volumes are not consistent. 5.3.21 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To recover the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to recover from the Sessions panel - in our example ESS800MMSD1. Note: You can only recover suspended session. Suspended state is achieved by suspending session (consistent targets) or stopping session (inconsistent targets). From the pull-down menu, select Recover and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-176 on page 186. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 185
  • 200. Figure 5-176 TPC for Replication Recover Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in target available state as shown in Figure 5-177. Figure 5-177 TPC for Replication Recovered Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Once session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access in consistency state. 186 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 201. Note: By using recover operation, target volume on ESS 800 will become source volume. 5.3.22 Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will recover a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we suspended earlier. We can recover session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-178. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to Recover the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action recover ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to recover session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y Figure 5-178 MM FOFB recover session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-179, we discover a normal status. This is due to the fact that session is stopped and target volumes are available for host use. csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Target Available Status Severe Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:50:38 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-179 MM FOFB show session after recover Once session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access in consistency state. Note: By using recover operation, target volume on ESS 800 will become source volume. After session is recovered in target available state the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 187
  • 202. Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H2 → H1 - this will reestablish copying in opposite direction, from secondary to primary location – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location – Terminate - this will terminate the session 5.3.23 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using GUI To terminate the Metro Mirror process, select the session you want to terminate from the Sessions panel - in our example ESS800MMSD1. Note: The session can be terminated anytime. From the pull-down menu, select Terminate from the Select Action pull-down menu and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-180. Figure 5-180 TPC for Replication Terminate Metro Mirror Single Direction Session The selected session will enter in defined state as shown in Figure 5-181 on page 189. 188 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 203. Figure 5-181 TPC for Replication Terminated Metro Mirror Single Direction Session Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state, PPRC relationships will be terminated. 5.3.24 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will terminate a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we recovered earlier. We can terminate session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-182. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action terminate ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to terminate session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 4, 2006 6:58:09 AM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-182 MM FOFB terminate session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190, we discover an inactive status. This is due to the fact that session is terminated and in defined state. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 189
  • 204. csmcli> showsess ESS800FOFB2 Name ESS800FOFB2 Type Metro Mirror Failover/Failback State Defined Status Inactive Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800FOFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 4, 2006 6:58:51 AM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800FOFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-183 MM FOFB show session after terminate Note: By using terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state, PPRC relationships will be terminated. After session is terminated the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1- → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location 5.3.25 Adding a Global Mirror Session using GUI In this instance we will set up an ESS based Global Mirror Single Direction and Failover/Failback session with a single volume pair as can be seen in Figure 5-184. In our example we used Global Mirror function inside ESS 800. Figure 5-184 ESS based Global Mirror setup 190 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 205. The first step is to select the Create Session button from the Sessions panel as shown in Figure 5-185. Figure 5-185 TPC for Replication Sessions This will open a new window where you can select session details such as copy type, as shown in Figure 5-186. Select your copy type, in our example Global Mirror Single Direction and click the Next button. Figure 5-186 TPC for Replication GM Create Session Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 191
  • 206. The window similar to Figure 5-187 will be displayed. Type in a meaningful name for the session in the Session name box as well as any informational text in the Description box. Click Next to continue. Figure 5-187 TPC for Replication GM Create Session Properties The session will be created and a window similar to Figure 5-188 will be displayed. Figure 5-188 TPC for Replication GM Create Session Created Click the Finish button to complete the session creation process. 192 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 207. 5.3.26 Adding a Global Mirror Session using CLI Once again using the command line interface, we can achieve the same result. For this effort we have created another script file which can be seen in Figure 5-189 (note that we have added a list session command lssess -l to display the defined sessions once our new one has been created). In this example we will create Global Mirror Failover/Failback type of a session. # cat creategmfofbsession.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 R # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype gmfofb -desc ESS800GMFB1 ESS800GMFB1 lssess -l Figure 5-189 Add GM session script file The result of the execution of this script can be seen in Figure 5-190. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/creategmfofbsession.txt IWNR1021I [Sep 6, 2006 2:29:13 AM] Session ESS800GMFB1 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================================= ESS800GMSD1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Single Direction No No 0 No ESS800FC1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No ESS800MMSD1 Normal Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction Yes Yes 1 No ESS800GMFB1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No Figure 5-190 GM session CLI result 5.3.27 Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using GUI To add copy sets to Global Mirror Single Direction session follow the steps shown in 5.3.14, “Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session” on page 165 until step Choose Journal 2. The subsequent steps are explained further on. Linux GUI In the Choose Journal 2 step you need to select journal volume. In this window we define the journal subsystems via the first drop-down menu as shown in Figure 5-191 on page 194. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 193
  • 208. Figure 5-191 TPC for Replication GM Journal Source ESS First select your journal ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513, and Journal 2 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-192. Figure 5-192 TPC for Replication GM Journal Source ESS LSS 194 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 209. Select your journal ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12, and Journal 2 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-193. Figure 5-193 TPC for Replication GM ESS Journal Source Volume Select your journal volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 volume. Once the journal volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed. The TPC for Replication will now perform a check to confirm the volume attributes match. The ongoing steps are described in 5.2.11, “Adding Copy Sets to a Metro Mirror Session using GUI” on page 112 from the Volume Match window. 5.3.28 Adding Copy Sets to a Global Mirror Session using CLI In this instance we will create a session, add the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single script. As we can see in Figure 5-197 on page 197, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the copy set. In this case we have pre-determined the volume pairs as seen in Figure 5-194 on page 196 for source Global Mirror volumes. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 195
  • 210. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:11 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1114 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1113 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1112 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1111 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1110 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:110A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1109 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1108 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1107 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1106 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1103 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1102 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1101 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1100 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 11 FB 9.313 GB Figure 5-194 List of possible volumes for GM source Figure 5-195 shows target Global Mirror volumes. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB Figure 5-195 List of possible volumes for GM target Figure 5-196 on page 197 shows possible journal Global Mirror volumes. 196 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 211. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh lsvol -l -devtype ess | grep VOL:12 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1219 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 9.313 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1218 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1217 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1216 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1215 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1214 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1213 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1212 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1211 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1210 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120F 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120E 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120D 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120C 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120B 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A ESS:2105.22513:VOL:120A 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1209 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1208 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1207 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1206 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1205 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1204 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1203 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1201 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1200 2105-22513-IBM ESS FIXEDBLK 12 FB 4.657 GB Figure 5-196 List of possible volumes for GM journal Some of those volumes were used as part of the mkcpset command as shown in Figure 5-197. We have also specified that the Global Mirror session type is gmfofb or Global Mirror Failover/Failback. # cat essgmfofb.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on mksess -cptype gmfofb -desc ESS800GMFB2 ESS800GMFB2 lssess -l #lsvol -l -devtype ess mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D -j2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C ESS800GMFB2 mkcpset -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 -h2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A -j2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B ESS800GMFB2 lscpset -l ESS800GMFB2 Figure 5-197 ESS GM script Invocation of this script results in the output, as in Example 5-5. Example 5-5 ESS GM script output # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/essgmfofb.txt IWNR1021I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:27 PM] Session ESS800GMFB2 was successfully created. Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================================= Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 197
  • 212. ESS800GMSD1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Single Direction No No 1 No ESS800FC1 Inactive Defined Flash Copy No No 0 No ESS800GMFB2 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No ESS800MMSD1 Normal Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction Yes Yes 1 No ESS800GMFB1 Inactive Defined Global Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:28 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C. IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:28 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121D. IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:28 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121C. IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:29 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B. IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:29 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A. IWNR2001I [Sep 6, 2006 9:57:29 PM] The pair was successfully created in session ESS800GMFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121B. H1 Volume Session Volumes =========================================== ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800GMFB2 3 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800GMFB2 3 From the CSMCLI interface we can interrogate the session via the showsess command, as shown in Figure 5-198. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2 Name ESS800GMFB2 Type Global Mirror Failover/Failback State Defined Status Inactive Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800GMFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 10:06:53 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-198 The showsess command Now that we have a session with valid copy sets, we can start using it. 5.3.29 Starting a Global Mirror Session Linux GUI To start the Global Mirror process follow the steps from 5.2.13, “Starting a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI” on page 123. Linux CLI In this instance we will start a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Global Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier. We can start the session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-199 on page 199. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to start the 198 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 213. session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action start_h1:h2 ESS800GMFB2 Are you sure you want to start_h1:h2 session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 10:23:39 PM] The runCommand for command Start H1->H2 in session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-199 GM FOFB start session When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-200, we discover a prepared status. csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2 Name ESS800GMFB2 Type Global Mirror Failover/Failback State Prepared Status Normal Copy sets 2 Copying Yes Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description ESS800GMFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 10:26:26 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-200 GM FOFB show session after start You can check the status of the copy set volumes by signing into the ESS Storwatch Specialist - Copy Services as shown in Figure 5-201. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 199
  • 214. Figure 5-201 ESS Copy Services view Note: At this time you can only start one Global Mirror session at once. You can make use start session as many times as you like. After session is prepared the following options are available: Global Mirror Single Direction – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session Global Mirror Failover/Failback – Suspend - this will stop copying with consistent secondary volumes – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location – Terminate - this will terminate the session 5.3.30 Suspending a Global Mirror Session Linux GUI To suspend the Metro Mirror process follow the steps from 5.2.15, “Suspend a Metro Mirror Session using the GUI” on page 127. Linux CLI In this instance we will suspend a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Global Mirror Failover/Failback session we created and prepared earlier. 200 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 215. We can suspend session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-202. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to suspend the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action suspend ESS800GMFB2 Are you sure you want to suspend session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 11:08:33 PM] The runCommand for command Suspend in session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-202 GM FOFB suspend session When we then check the session status as shown in Figure 5-203 on page 201, we discover a severe status. This is due to the fact that the synchronization is suspended. csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2 Name ESS800GMFB2 Type Global Mirror Failover/Failback State Suspended Status Severe Copy sets 2 Copying Yes Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description ESS800GMFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 11:10:22 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-203 GM FOFB show session after suspend After session is suspended the following options are available: Global Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process Global Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1->H2 - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session – Recover - this will make secondary volumes available for host access and stop the copy process 5.3.31 Recovering a Global Mirror Session In this section we discuss how to recover a Global Mirror Session for both GUI and CLI. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 201
  • 216. Linux GUI To recover the Global Mirror process follow the steps from 5.3.21, “Recovering a Metro Mirror Session using GUI” on page 185. Note: You can only recover suspended session. Suspended state is achieved by suspending session (consistent targets). By using the recover operation, the target volume on ESS 800 will become source volume. Linux CLI In this instance we will recover a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Global Mirror Failover/Failback session we suspended earlier. We can recover session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-204 on page 202. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to recover the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action recover ESS800GMFB2 Are you sure you want to recover session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 11:40:22 PM] The runCommand for command Recover in session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-204 GM FOFB recover session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-205, we discover a normal status. This is due to the fact that session is stopped and target volumes are available for host use. csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2 Name ESS800GMFB2 Type Global Mirror Failover/Failback State Target Available Status Normal Copy sets 2 Copying Yes Recoverable Yes Error count 0 Description ESS800GMFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 11:41:57 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-205 GM FOFB show session after recover Once session is in target available state the secondary volumes are available for host access in consistency state. Note: By using recover operation, the target volume on ESS 800 will become the source volume. 202 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 217. After a session is recovered in target available state the following options are available: Metro Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying – Terminate - this will terminate the session Metro Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H2 → H1 - this will reestablish copying in opposite direction, from secondary to primary location – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location – Terminate - this will terminate the session 5.3.32 Terminating a Metro Mirror Session In this section we discuss how to terminate a Global Mirror Session through the Linux GUI and CLI. Linux GUI To terminate the Metro Mirror process follow the steps from 5.2.20, “Terminate a Metro Mirror Session using GUI” on page 135. Note: Session can be terminated anytime. Linux CLI In this instance we will terminate a session using the interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we recovered earlier. We can terminate session with the cmdsess command as shown in Figure 5-206. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> cmdsess -action terminate ESS800GMFB2 Are you sure you want to terminate session ESS800GMFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1026I [Sep 6, 2006 11:49:20 PM] The runCommand for command Terminate in session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-206 GM FOFB terminate session When we then check the session status again as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190, we discover an inactive status. This is due to the fact that session is terminated and in defined state. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 203
  • 218. csmcli> showsess ESS800GMFB2 Name ESS800GMFB2 Type Global Mirror Failover/Failback State Defined Status Inactive Copy sets 2 Copying No Recoverable No Error count 0 Description ESS800GMFB2 IWNR1500I [Sep 6, 2006 11:50:09 PM] The getSessionInfo command for session ESS800GMFB2 completed successfully. Figure 5-207 GM FOFB show session after terminate Note: By using the terminate operation while session is in prepared or suspended state, PPRC and FlashCopy relationships will be terminated. After session is terminated the following options are available: Global Mirror Single Direction – Start - this will reestablish copying Global Mirror Failover/Failback – Start H1 → H2 - this will reestablish copying in original direction, from primary to secondary location 5.3.33 Removing Copy Sets In this section we discuss how to remove a Global Mirror Session through the Linux GUI and CLI. Linux GUI A Session can have one or more copy sets. To remove a copy set you need to select the session, in our example ESS800FC1, from which you want to remove copy sets. From the Sessions panel, select the Remove Copy Sets option from the drop-down menu as shown in Figure 5-208. 204 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 219. Figure 5-208 TPC for Replication Remove Copy Sets Click the Go button to continue. This will open a new window where we will define which Copy Sets you want to remove as shown in Figure 5-209. In this window we define the source subsystems via the Select Action drop-down menu. Figure 5-209 TPC for Replication Source ESS Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 205
  • 220. Select your source ESS 800, in our example we selected ESS:BOX:2105:22513, and Host 1 logical storage subsystem pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-210. Figure 5-210 TPC for Replication Source ESS LSS Only ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS) of the volumes from defined copy sets will be displayed. Select your source ESS Logical Subsystem (LSS), in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:LSS:12, and Host 1 volume pull-down menu will become available as shown in Figure 5-211. Figure 5-211 TPC for Replication ESS Source Volume 206 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 221. Only source volumes from defined copy sets will be displayed. Select your source volume, in our example we selected ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1202 volume. Once the source volume is selected, click the Next button to proceed to the copy set selection. The window similar to Figure 5-212 will be displayed. Figure 5-212 TPC for Replication Select Copy Set The Copy Set is preselected, you just click Next to continue, the window similar to Figure 5-213 will be displayed. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 207
  • 222. Figure 5-213 TPC for Replication Copy Set Confirm On this window you have two options how to handle errors while removing the Copy Set: Yes. - Even if the copy sets were not removed because of hardware errors, it will be logically removed from session. No. - In case of hardware errors during copy sets removal, they will not be removed from session. Once you selected your options click the Next button to continue. The window similar to Figure 5-214 on page 209 will be displayed. 208 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 223. Figure 5-214 TPC for Replication Finish Adding Copy Sets Finally, once you have achieved a successful add, click the Finish button to complete the task. Linux CLI In this instance we will remove the copy sets and list the session attributes as part of a single script. For this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session we created earlier. As we can see in Figure 5-216 on page 210, the script file contains multiple commands to setup the session and the volume pairs as part of the Copy Set. In this case we have pre-determined the volume pairs of the copy sets in the session as seen in Figure 5-215, in our example we used session ESS800FOFB2. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2 H1 Volume Session Volumes =========================================== ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2 2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2 2 Figure 5-215 List of session volumes The volumes listed represent source volumes of the copy sets Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session ESS800FOFB2. In our example we have two copy sets in the session and volumes ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 as source volumes. We will remove copy set with ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 as source volume using the rmcpset command as shown in Figure 5-216 on page 210. Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 209
  • 224. # cat esscpremove.txt # # This is a script file # Using commands to interrogate TPC 4 Rep # setoutput -v on lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2 rmcpset -force -h1 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2 lscpset -l ESS800FOFB2 Figure 5-216 ESS remove copy set script You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to remove the copy set from the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. We also used the -force flag to remove copy set even in the event of hardware error during removal. Output of the script is shown in Figure 5-217. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh -script /tpcrm/esscpremove.txt H1 Volume Session Volumes =========================================== ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 ESS800FOFB2 2 ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2 2 Are you sure you want to remove copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104? [y/n]:y IWNR2002I [Sep 6, 2006 1:23:03 AM] The pair was successfully deleted in session ESS800FOFB2 for copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 with source ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 and target ESS:2105.22513:VOL:121A. IWNR1095I [Sep 6, 2006 1:23:03 AM] Copy set ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1104 in session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully deleted. H1 Volume Session Volumes =========================================== ESS:2105.22513:VOL:1105 ESS800FOFB2 2 Figure 5-217 ESS remove copy set script output As you can see at the end of script output we only have one copy set left in the session. 5.3.34 Removing a session In this section we show you how to add a FlashCopy and Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session using both the GUI and the CLI. Linux GUI To remove the session, select the desired session from Sessions panel - in our example ESS800FC1. Note: The session can be removed when in it is terminated or in defined state. From the Select Action pull-down menu, select Remove session and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-218 on page 211. 210 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 225. Figure 5-218 TPC for Replication Remove Session The selected session will be removed as shown in Figure 5-219. Figure 5-219 TPC for Replication Session Removed Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 211
  • 226. Linux CLI n this instance we will remove a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session ESS800FOFB2 we defined earlier. We can terminate session with the rmsess command as shown in Figure 5-220. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> rmsess ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to remove session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1022I [Sep 6, 2006 1:54:40 AM] Session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully deleted. Figure 5-220 MM FOFB remove session When we then check the session the list of sessions as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190, we discover the ESS800FOFB2 is not available. csmcli> lssess -l Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================================ ESS800MMSD1 Normal Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction Yes Yes 1 No ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No Figure 5-221 MM FOFB show session after remove 5.3.35 Viewing or modifying session properties In this section we show how to View and Modify properties using the GUI and the CLI. Linux GUI To remove the session, select the desired session from the Sessions panel - in our example ESS800FC1. Note: The session can be removed when in it is terminated or in defined state. From the pull-down menu, select Remove session and click Go, as shown in Figure 5-218 on page 211. 212 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 227. Figure 5-222 TPC for Replication remove session The selected session will be removed as shown in Figure 5-223. Figure 5-223 TPC for Replication session removed Chapter 5. Configuring and using TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux 213
  • 228. Linux CLI n this instance we will remove a session using interactive command line interface. In this example we will use Metro Mirror Failover/Failback session ESS800FOFB2 we defined earlier. We can terminate session with the rmsess command as shown in Figure 5-220 on page 212. You can see that we have had to reply y to the prompt to confirm our request to terminate the session. To turn this function off, you would need to utilize the -quiet parameter as part of the command. # pwd /opt/IBM/TPC-RM # ./csmcli.sh csmcli> rmsess ESS800FOFB2 Are you sure you want to remove session ESS800FOFB2? [y/n]:y IWNR1022I [Sep 6, 2006 1:54:40 AM] Session ESS800FOFB2 was successfully deleted. Figure 5-224 MM FOFB remove session When we then check the session the list of sessions as shown in Figure 5-183 on page 190, we discover the ESS800FOFB2 is not available. csmcli> lssess -l Name Status State Copy type Recoverable Copying Copy sets Error ================================================================================================ ESS800MMSD1 Normal Prepared Metro Mirror Single Direction Yes Yes 1 No ESS800MMFB1 Inactive Defined Metro Mirror Failover/Failback No No 0 No Figure 5-225 MM FOFB show session after remove 214 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 229. 6 Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips This chapter contains information that we found helpful for using and debugging TPC for Replication. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 215
  • 230. 6.1 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on Windows To uninstall TPC for Replication manually start by going to Start → Control Panel → Administrative Tools → Services and in the list of services scroll down until you see IBM WebSphere Application Server V6 - CSM. Right-click that service and select Stop as shown in Figure 6-1. Figure 6-1 Stopping WebSphere Next delete the directory where TPC for Replication was installed. The default directory if only TPC for Replication V3.1 was installed is: C:Program FilesIBMIBM Total Storage Productivity Center However if TPC for Replication V3.1.1 was installed, the default installation directory is: C:Program FilesIBMTPC4R. 6.1.1 Deleting the DB2 database Deleting the TPC for Replication database is optional. When you re-install TPC for Replication you will be prompted to enter the DB2 database name. If you specify an existing database (for example, from the previous installation) you will be asked if you should use the existing database or delete it. If you choose to delete the DB2 database manually, open the DB2 Control Center by going to Start → All Programs → IBM DB2 → General Administration Tools → Control Center as shown in Figure 6-2 on page 217. 216 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 231. Figure 6-2 Starting DB2 Control Center Accept the defaults and click OK on the Control Center View window, as shown in Figure 6-3. Figure 6-3 Control Center View On the Control Center Panel, click All Databases, then right-click TPCRM, and select Drop, as shown in Figure 6-4 on page 218. Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips 217
  • 232. Figure 6-4 Dropping TPCRM database 6.2 Uninstalling TPC for Replication manually on AIX and Linux The steps to manually uninstall TPC for Replication on AIX and Linux are the same with the exception of the command to delete the DB2 group. For that command, the specific steps are given in Example 6-7 on page 219 and Example 6-8 on page 219. Besides this command, all the other commands are the same for both platforms. To uninstall TPC for Replication, open a command prompt and obtain the process ID (PID) for TPC for Replication by issuing the command shown in Example 6-1. Example 6-1 Listing process IDs ps -ef | grep CSM Next you need to stop the TPC for Replication service by issuing the command shown in Example 6-2. Note that the <process_id> needs to be replaced by the TPC for Replication process ID obtained from the command above. Example 6-2 Killing the TPC for Replication process ID kill -9 <process_id> Next, delete the directory where TPC for Replication was installed using the command in Example 6-3 on page 219. Replace <directory_name> with the name of the directory where TPC for Replication was installed. The default installation directory is /opt/IBM/TPC-RM. 218 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 233. Example 6-3 Deleting the TPC for Replication installation directory rm -Fr <direcotry_name> 6.2.1 Deleting the DB2 database Deleting the TPC for Replication database is optional. When you re-install TPC for Replication you will be prompted to enter the DB2 database name. If you specify an existing database (for example, from the previous installation) you will be asked if you should use the existing database or delete it. If you choose to delete the DB2 database manually, first change directories by issuing the command in Example 6-4. Replace <db2_instance_name> with the name of the DB2 instance created during the DB2 installation. Example 6-4 Changing to the db2 directory . /home/<db2_instance_name>/sqllib/db2profile Now drop (remove) the database by issuing the command in Example 6-5. Replace <database_name> with the name of the database created during the DB2 installation and used by TPC for Replication. Example 6-5 Dropping the database db2 drop db <database_name> Next, from the same directory, remove the db2 user by issuing the command shown in Example 6-6. Replace <username> with the name of the DB2 user created during the DB2 installation. Example 6-6 Deleting the DB2 username userdel <username> Now you need to remove the DB2 group. The command to remove the group is different for the AIX and Linux platforms. To remove the DB2 group on an AIX server, issue the command in Example 6-7. Replace <group_name> with name of the DB2 group created during the DB2 installation. Example 6-7 Deleting the DB2 group on AIX platform rmgroup <groupname> To remove the DB2 group on a Linux server issue the command shown in Example 6-8. Replace <group_name> with the name of the DB2 group created during the DB2 installation. Example 6-8 Deleting the DB2 group on Linux platform groupdel <groupname> 6.3 Upgrading to TPC for Replication V3.1.1 When installing TPC for Replication V3.1.1, it is important to note that it is an upgrade and not a full version of the product. The installation of TPC for Replication V3.1.1 will only be Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips 219
  • 234. successful if TPC for Replication V3.1 was previously installed. If you attempt to install V3.1.1 without having TPC for Replication V3.1 already installed on the server the installation will fail with the message seen in Figure 6-5. Figure 6-5 Installation failure message 6.4 Sharing a DB2 instance If you want TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication to share a DB2 instance located in another client, make sure that DB2 is stopped during the TPC for Replication installation, given that configuration changes are made to the DB2 instance during the installation and require a restart of the instance. If other clients have active connections to the DB2 instance, the configuration changes will not be allowed and the installation will be unsuccessful. 6.5 TPC for Replication versus TPC for Replication Two Site BC TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 includes the management interface for copy and mirroring services including FlashCopy, Metro Mirror and Global Mirror for the IBM ESS 800, IBM DS6000 and IBM DS8000. Flashcopy and Metro Mirror are also managed for the IBM SAN Volume Controller. TPC for Replication Two Site Business Continuity provides the previously mentioned capabilities as well as disaster recovery management through planned and unplanned failover and failback automation for IBM ESS800, IBM DS6000 and IBM DS8000. TPC for Replication Two Site BC V3.1 also offers a High Availability capability which is designed to maintain your data online and available even if the primary site fails. In this two server environment, the second server, which is the standby server, will take over in case of a failure and the services from original active server will the will switch to this server. When the primary site is back online, a failback is performed and the default configuration will resume. The TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1 requires a single-direction license key meaning that data is copied from the primary site to the secondary site. Whereas TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication BC V3.1 requires a BC license key in order to perform failover and failback to maintain the data on both sites and to reverse the data flow direction in case of a failure. 220 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 235. 6.6 High Availability server platforms When operating in a high availability environment, your TPC for Replication active server and standby server can be servers of the same operating systems or servers of different operating systems. For example, your active server can be a Windows server and your standby server can be a Linux server or vice-versa. A same-server example would be having your active server and your standby server both be AIX servers. 6.7 SNMP setup TPC for Replication can be sent up the send SNMP traps to registered SNMP managers when various events occur. These general events include: Session state change Configuration change Suspending-event notification Communication failure High-availability state change You can use the mksnmp CLI command to add a specified manager to the list of servers to which SNMP alerts are sent. Details of the mksnmp command can be found in the TPC for Replication Command Line Interface - User’s Guide, SC32-0104. You can see the SNMP traps in the CsmTrace.log files as shown in Figure 6-9 on page 224. The figure contains a segment of the log. As such you can see the details of the trap being captured and prepared. [2006-06-23 16:16:12.828-07:00] Work-2 RepMgr D com.ibm.csm.server.session.snmp.SnmpNotification sendMsg TRACE: Message : version=1 communityString=public errorStatus=Success operation=V2 TRAP requestId=0 correlator=0 ( 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3:17270546, 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.4.1:1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.2.1.3, 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.4.3:1.3.6.1.4.1.2, 1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.1:ess_gmsd_cli, 1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.2:Preparing, 1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.3:Prepared, 1.3.6.1.4.1.2.6.204.3.4:H1) Figure 6-6 CsmTrace.log Additionally, the TPC for Replication Server can be set up to receive SNMP traps from the IBM ESS model 800. While not being required, the use of the SNMP alert reduces the latency between the time that a freeze event occurs and the time that TPC for Replication recognizes that the event is occurring. With or without the SNMP alert function, however, TPC for Replication maintains data consistency of its sessions during the freeze event. The SNMP trap destination can be setup on your ESS via the ESS Specialist. Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips 221
  • 236. 6.8 TPC for Replication logging Should problems occur within your TPC for Replication server environment, there are various ways you can collect logs. 6.8.1 Collecting Logs using the TPC for Replication GUI To collect logs via the TPC for Replication GUI, simply click the Advanced Tools hyperlink in the menu. Once you reach Advanced Tools page simply click the Create button to perform the action. In Figure 6-7, we show the successful creation of the package. This function collects all the relevant and required information and encapsulates it as a JAR (Java Archive file). Note that upon successful creation of the package, the returned message will indicate the location of this JAR file. The default location is C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1WASprofilesCSMdiagnostics. Figure 6-7 Log package creation 6.8.2 Collecting logs using the TPC for Replication CLI You can also collect logs via the TPC for Replication command line interface. Start by opening up a command prompt from your TPC for Replication server and type mklogpkg and press Enter. The command prompt will then display the location of the logs. 6.8.3 Collecting logs manually Another option is collecting the logs manually. You can collect the TPC for Replication logs by zipping up all the files in the following directories: C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication 222 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 237. V3.1WASprofilesCSMlogs C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1WASprofilesCSMlogsCSM 6.8.4 Viewing logs In the course of your usage you may need to obtain information about the operations of the TPC for Replication server. Since the CSM application is running within WebSphere, the relevant log files are stored in the directory C:Program FilesIBMIBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication V3.1WASprofilesCSMlogsserver1 as shown in Figure 6-8. Figure 6-8 WAS logs Additionally as shown in Figure 6-9 on page 224, the various CSM trace files provide a useful diagnostic tool. Chapter 6. Useful hints and tips 223
  • 238. Figure 6-9 CSM trace files 6.9 Global Mirror The TPC for Replication design only supports a single Global Mirror session to be active for IBM ESS 800, DS6000 and DS8000 when they are the source subsystem for a Global Mirror relationship. You cannot have more than one Global Mirror sessions running using the same subsystem as the source twice. However, it is possible to use other LSSs from the source subsystem on the first GM relationship as the target LSSs on another Global Mirror relationship. Keep in mind however, that in this scenario, performing a failover/failback would not be possible because it would cause a subsystem to be the source for two Global Mirror sessions. Furthermore, to be able to perform a failover/failback you need to remove one session. Thus, it is not recommended to have more than one Global Mirror session. 6.10 Auto refresh You can customize the auto refresh by going to the My Work panel on the left-hand side on the main menu. Click Advanced Tools. The Advanced Tools panel will then appear. Under the Set browser auto-refresh rate, you can define the refresh rate for all non-wizard panels. The default auto-refresh time is 30 seconds. 224 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 239. Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this book. IBM Redbooks For information on ordering these publications, see “How to get IBM Redbooks” on page 225. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only. IBM System Storage DS8000 Series: Copy Services with IBM System z, SG24-6787 IBM System Storage DS8000 Series: Copy Services in Open Environments, SG24-6788 IBM System Storage DS6000 Series: Copy Services with IBM System z, SG24-6782 IBM System Storage DS6000 Series: Copy Services in Open Environments, SG24-6783 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on AIX, SG24-7407 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Windows 2003, SG24-7250 Other publications These publications are also relevant as further information sources: IBM TotalStorage Productivity for Replication Installation and Configuration Guide, SC32-0102 Online resources These Web sites and URLs are also relevant as further information sources: TotalStorage Productivity Center publications http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/tivihelp/v4r1/index.jsp/ TotalStorage Productivity Center technical support site http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/storage/support/software/tpc/ How to get IBM Redbooks You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Hints and Tips, draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks or CD-ROMs, at this Web site: ibm.com/redbooks © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 225
  • 240. Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads ibm.com/support IBM Global Services ibm.com/services 226 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 241. Index DS8000 A Ethernet card 28 adddevice command 88, 142 DS8000 connectivity 27 advanced copy feature codes 22 DS8000 Ethernet card 29, 60 appplication design 6 DS8000 Username Password 33 auto-refresh time 224 DSCLI port configuration 62 B E basic functions 2 ESS 800 Business Continuity 53 add copy sets Global Mirror Session using CLI 195 add copy sets Global Mirror Session using GUI 193 C add Global Mirror Session using CLI 193 capacity pricing model 34 add Global Mirror Session via GUI 190 CCW interface 24 add to TPC for Replication server 138 change DS8000 username and password 33 add using CLI 142 cmdsess command 125, 128, 131, 177, 181, 184, 187 FlashCopy Create Session 144 command line interface 16 FlashCopy Session using CLI 146, 153, 159 commands FlashCopy Session using GUI 157 adddevice 88, 142 FlashCopy Session via GUI 146 cmdsess 125, 184 GUI Metro Mirror Session suspend 179 csmcli help 17 heartbeat function 176 csmcli help rmsess 17 Metro Mirror Session add Copy Sets 165 lsdevice 33 Metro Mirror Session using CLI 165 lsnetworkport -l 62 Metro Mirror Session using GUI 162 lssess 16, 193 recover Metro Mirror using GUI 185 mkcpset 101, 154 Remove Session 210 mklogpkg 222 start a Global Mirror Session 198 mksess 16 start Metro Mirror Session via CLI 177 mksnmp 221 start Metro Mirror via GUI 175 setnetworkport 62 stop Metro Mirror Session 182 setoutput 33 terminating FlashCopy Session via CLI 161 setrmpw 33 terminating FlashCopy Session via GUI 160 shownetworkport 62 ESS 800 communication 24 showsess 122 ESS Storwatch Specialist 178, 181, 184 communication paths 6 etc/hosts file 45 configuration tasks 59 Ethernet card 29, 60 consistency group 8 Ethernet card ports 29, 60 console 15 Ethernet ports 27 console logs 176 DSCLI configuration 62 Copy Services Manager 6 GUI configuration 60 Copy Set 8 CSM User 50 F CSMCLI basics 33 firewall considerations 22 CsmTrace.log files 221 Flash command commands D Flash 159 database requirements 22 FlashCopy DB2 Control Center 216 create copy sets 92 DB2 install 38 Create Session 89 db2setup command 38 create with CLI 91 delete DB2 database 219 overview 2 DS6000 communication 25 T-zero copy 3 DS6000 username password file 31 FlashCopy GUI prepare session 102 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2007. All rights reserved. 227
  • 242. FlashCopy Session target available state 134 CLI scripts 104 terminate using CLI 137 terminate using CLI 107 Metro Mirror Session with SVC 108 terminate using GUI 107 mkcpset command 101, 121, 154, 173, 197 using CLI script 106 mklogpkg command 222 mksnmp command 221 mmfofb session type 121, 173 G Global Mirror 3 Global Mirror Session 224 O recover 201 Open Console hyperlink 176 suspending 200 gmfofb session type 197 P passwd command 73 H physical planning 22 heartbeat function 176 pre-installation 34 high availability capability 5, 220 product set 4 Host 1 IO group 113 Host 1 volume pull-down list 114 HostSite1 8 R HostSite2 8 recover command 187 recover Global Mirror Session 201 Redbooks Web site 225 I Contact us x installation verification 52 remote CLI install 77 ITSO lab environment 82 repcli.properties file 78 rmcpset command 209 J JournalSite2 8 S SAN Volume Controller IO group 114 script L Metro Mirror Failover/Failback 121 lab setup 82 script file LIC levels 22 create copy sets 100 licensing 34 servers connections 22 logging 222 session 8 lsdevice command 33 session commands 10 lsnetworkport command 63 session states 9 lssess command 193 session types 10 commands set standby action 77 lssess 91 setnetworkport 62 setnetworkport command 62 M setoutput command 33 Metro Mirror 3 setrmpw command 33 Start session 177 setuplinux.bin 45, 53 Metro Mirror Session SFI number 33 add CopySets script 120 shownetworkport 62 add CopySets using CLI 120 shownetworkport command 63 CopySets using GUI 112 showsess command 122, 174, 178 inactive status 137 snetworkport -l 62 normal status 134 SNMP traps 221 recover using CLI 134 Source 8 recover using GUI 133 standby server 53, 220 script 111 standby server setup 76 starting using CLI 125 suspend Metro Mirror session 127 starting using the GUI 123 suspending a Global Mirror Session 200 stop using CLI 128, 131 SVC stop via GUI 130 adding with CLI 88 suspend using GUI 127 adding with GUI 83 CIMOM services 7 228 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 243. Metro Mirror session using GUI 108 secure protocol 86 SVC administrator roles 68 SVC communication 23 SVC Console account 65 SVC Master Console 23 view consistency groups 129 system requirements 20 T Target 8 target available state 134 TCP/IP port 2433 6 TCP/IP ports 23 Terminate command 161 TPC for Replication 219 AIX uninstall 218 Business Continuity 53 group name 50 install 37 Linux uninstall 218 logging 222 uninstall manually 216 TPC for Replication server logging 79 sign in 74 TPC for Replication user ID 72 two active servers 77 Two Site BC 5, 220 Two Site Business Continuity 5 Typical install 41 T-zero copy 3 U upgrade to advanced version 53 user group 72 useradd command 73 W Web browser requirements 21 Index 229
  • 244. 230 IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 245. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux (0.5” spine) 0.475”<->0.873” 250 <-> 459 pages IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 246. IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux
  • 248. Back cover ® IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication on Linux Effectively use IBM TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication Version 3, Release 1 brings support for the advanced copy services capabilities INTERNATIONAL TotalStorage on the DS8000 and DS6000, in addition to the support for ESS model TECHNICAL Productivity Center 800 and SVC. This support focuses on automating administration and SUPPORT for Replication configuration of these services, operational control (starting, ORGANIZATION suspending, resuming) copy services tasks and monitoring and Manage replication managing the copy services sessions. services from one In addition to the support for FlashCopy and Metro Mirror, TotalStorage interface Productivity Center for Replication V3R1 supports Global Mirror on the ESS800, DS8000, and DS6000 hardware platforms. Advanced disaster BUILDING TECHNICAL Install and configure recovery functions are also supported with failover/failback (planned INFORMATION BASED ON and unplanned) from a primary site to a disaster recovery site. PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE on Linux TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication also can monitor the performance of the copy services that provide a measurement of the IBM Redbooks are developed amount of replication and the amount of time that is required to by the IBM International complete the replication operations. Technical Support Organization. Experts from IBM, Customers and Partners This IBM Redbooks publication provides the information you need to from around the world create install TotalStorage Productivity Center for Replication and create and timely technical information manage replication sessions on Linux. Scenarios are provided that based on realistic scenarios. document our work in the laboratory setting, using the GUI and CLI. Specific recommendations are provided to help you implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment. For more information: ibm.com/redbooks SG24-7411-00 ISBN 073848637X